MINISTRY OF EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORT & HOUSING ----------------------------------------- Decree of amending the Decree of 23 November 1987 on maritime safety The Ministry for Equipment, Transport & Housing Having regard to European Parliament and Council Directive 98/34/EC of 22 June 1998 laying down a procedure for the provision of information in the field of technical standards and regulations and of rules on information society services and, in particular, notification no. Having regard to Decree no. 84-810 of 30 August 1984, as amended, on the safety of life at sea, living conditions on board ships and pollution prevention; Having regard to the Decree of 23 November 1987, as amended, on maritime safety; Having regard to the opinion of the Central Safety Commission passed at its 749 th session on 9 July 2002, Hereby decrees: Art. 1 – Sections 211, 226 and 228 of the Regulations attached to the aforementioned Decree of 23 November 1987 are hereby replaced by the new texts in the annexes 1 . Art. 2 – All provisions which contradict the present Decree are hereby repealed. Art. 3 – The director of maritime affairs and seamen is hereby responsible for the implementation of the present Decree, which shall be published in the Official Gazette of the French Republic. Paris, [date] For and on behalf of the Minister 1 (1) Published in the Official Gazette this day, administrative documents bulletin no. Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Transcript
MINISTRY OF EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORT & HOUSING-----------------------------------------
Decree of amending the Decree of 23 November 1987 on maritime safety
The Ministry for Equipment, Transport & Housing
Having regard to European Parliament and Council Directive 98/34/EC of 22 June 1998 laying down a procedure for the provision of information in the field of technical standards and regulations and of rules on information society services and, in particular, notification no.
Having regard to Decree no. 84-810 of 30 August 1984, as amended, on the safety of life at sea, living conditions on board ships and pollution prevention;
Having regard to the Decree of 23 November 1987, as amended, on maritime safety;
Having regard to the opinion of the Central Safety Commission passed at its 749 th session on 9 July 2002,
Hereby decrees:
Art. 1 – Sections 211, 226 and 228 of the Regulations attached to the aforementioned Decree of 23 November 1987 are hereby replaced by the new texts in the annexes1.
Art. 2 – All provisions which contradict the present Decree are hereby repealed.
Art. 3 – The director of maritime affairs and seamen is hereby responsible for the implementation of the present Decree, which shall be published in the Official Gazette of the French Republic.
Paris, [date]For and on behalf of the Minister
1 (1) Published in the Official Gazette this day, administrative documents bulletin no.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-2
SECTION 228(version of 10.07.02)
Transposition of Directive 97/70/ECas amended by Directives 99/19/EC and 2002/35/EC
FISHING VESSELS OF 24 METRESIN LENGTH AND OVER
Edition of 14 APRIL 2000, published in the Official Gazette on 26 APRIL 2000
Revision of following Decrees:
Date of signature Date of publication in Official Gazette02.02.01 07.03.0102.07.01 26.08.0102.05.02 05.05.02
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 228-1 – General provisions
Art ic le 228-1.01 ApplicationArt ic le 228-1.02 Definit ionsArt ic le 228-1.03 Exempt ionsArt ic le 228-1.04 EquivalentsArt ic le 228-1.05 Repairs, al terat ions and modif icat ions Ar t ic le 228-1.06 Specif ic provis ions governing cert i f icatesArt ic le 228-1.07 Issue or endorsements of cert i f icates (Order of 2 February
2001)Art ic le 228-1.08 Avai labi l i ty of cert i f icates (Order of 2 February 2001)Art ic le 228-1.09 Duration and val id i ty of cert i f icatesAnnex 228-1.A.1 Forms of cert i f icates for f ishing vessels of 24 metres in
length or over
Chapter 228-2 – Construction, watertight integrity and equipment
Art ic le 228-2.01 Construct ion (Order of 2 February 2001)Art ic le 228-2.02 Watert ight doors Ar t ic le 228-2.03 Hul l in tegr i tyArt ic le 228-2.04 Weathert ight doors Ar t ic le 228-2.05 Hatchways closed by wooden coversArt ic le 228-2.06 Hatchways closed by covers other than woodArt ic le 228-2.07 Machinery space openingsArt ic le 228-2.08 Other deck openings Art ic le 228-2.09 Venti latorsArt ic le 228-2.10 Air pipesArt ic le 228-2.11 Sounding devicesArt ic le 228-2.12 Sidescutt les and windowsArt ic le 228-2.13 Inlets and discharges (Order of 2 February 2001)Art ic le 228-2.14 Freeing portsArt ic le 228-2.15 Anchor ing and mooring equipmentArt ic le 228-2.16 Working decks in enclosed superstructures Ar t ic le 228-2.17 Draught marksArt ic le 228-2.18 Refr igerated seawater (RSW) and cold seawater (CSW) f ish
tanksArt ic le 228-2.19 Fishing gearArt ic le 228-2.20 Workstat ionsArt ic le 228-2.21 Freeboard mark Annex 228-2.A.1 National f reeboard cert i f icate for f ishing vessel (Order of 2
February 2001)Annex 228-2.A.2 List of d iagrams and documents for submission to the
recognised classi f icat ion company (Order of 2 February 2001)Annex 228-2.A.3 Minimum thickness of windows and sidescutt les
Chapter 228-3 – Stabili ty and associated seaworthiness
Art ic le 228-3.01 GeneralAr t ic le 228-3.02 Stabi l i ty cr i ter ia Ar t ic le 228-3.03 Flooding of f ish-holdsArt ic le 228-3.04 Part icular f ishing methods Art ic le 228-3.05 Severe wind and rol l ingArt ic le 228-3.06 Water on deckArt ic le 228-3.07 Operating condi t ionsArt ic le 228-3.08 Ice accret ion
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-4
Art ic le 228-3.09 Incl ining testAr t ic le 228-3.10 Stabi l i ty informat ionArt ic le 228-3.11 Portable f ish-hold div is ionsArt ic le 228-3.12 Bow heightArt ic le 228-3.13 Maximum permissib le operat ing draughtArt ic le 228-3.14 Subdivis ion and damage stabi l i ty
Chapter 228-4 – Machinery and electrical instal lat ions and periodical ly unattended machinery spaces
PART 1 – GENERAL
Art ic le 228-4.01 Appl icat ionArt ic le 228-4.02 Defini t ionsArt ic le 228-4.03 General
PART 2 – MACHINERY INSTALLATIONS
Art ic le 228-4.04 MachineryArt ic le 228-4.05 Means of going asternArt ic le 228-4.06 Steam boi lers, feed systems and steam piping arrangementsArt ic le 228-4.07 Communicat ion between the wheelhouse and machinery
space Art ic le 228-4.08 Wheelhouse control of propulsion machineryArt ic le 228-4.09 Air pressure systemsArt ic le 228-4.10 Arrangements for fuel oi l , lubr icat ing oi l and other f lammable
l iquidsArt ic le 228-4.11 Bi lge pumping arrangementsArt ic le 228-4.12 Protect ion against noiseArt ic le 228-4.13 Steer ing gearArt ic le 228-4.14 Engineers ' alarmArt ic le 228-4.15 Refr igerat ion systems for the preservat ion of the catch
PART 3 – ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
Art ic le 228-4.16 Main source of e lectr ical powerArt ic le 228-4.17 Emergency source of e lectr ical powerArt ic le 228-4.18 Precautions against shock, f i re and other hazards of
electr ical or ig in
PART 4 – PERIODICALLY UNATTENDED MACHINERY SPACES
Art ic le 228-4.19 Fire safetyArt ic le 228-4.20 Protect ion against f loodingArt ic le 228-4.21 Communicat ionsArt ic le 228-4.22 Alarm systemArt ic le 228-4.23 Special requirements for machinery, boi ler and electr ical
insta l lat ions Ar t ic le 228-4.24 Safety system
PART 5 – ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO MACHINERY INSTALLATIONS
Section 1 – Miscellaneous items
Art ic le 228-4.25 Pressure or h igh temperature piping and apparatusArt ic le 228-4.26 Lubricat ion insta l lat ions Ar t ic le 228-4.27 Cool ing of propulsion machinery and auxi l iar ies Ar t ic le 228-4.28 Internal combust ion engines
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-5
Art ic le 228-4.29 Steer ing gearArt ic le 228-4.30 Hydraul ic insta l lat ions
Section 2 – Fuel oil
Art ic le 228-4.31 Storage and use of fuel o i lAr t ic le 228-4.32 Fuel o i l t ransfer system Art ic le 228-4.33 Fuel o i l supply plant for internal combust ion propulsion
enginesArt ic le 228-4.34 Special requirements for o i l - f i red auxi l iary machinery and
ut i l i ty equipment
Section 3 – Service installations
Art ic le 228-4.35 Liquef ied petroleum gas cyl inders for hot-water and heat ing appl iances in gal leys
Art ic le 228-4.36 Connect ions, ducts and systems for l iquef ied petro leum gas-f i red hot-water and heat ing appl iances in gal leys
Art ic le 228-4.37 Location and test ing of l iquefied petroleum gas-f i red hot-water and heat ing appl iances in gal leys
Art ic le 228-4.38 Special insta l lat ions
Section 4 – Tests, trials and inspections
Art ic le 228-4.39 GeneralAr t ic le 228-4.40 Tests on pressure tanks. Tests on pip ing and heat
exchangers. Tests on machine part
Ar t ic le 228-4.41 Pre-commissioning testsArt ic le 228-4.42 Ordinary periodical surveysArt ic le 228-4.43 Special survey procedures
Section 5 – Diagrams and documents
Art ic le 228-4.44 Machinery insta l lat ion diagrams and documents Ar t ic le 228-4.45 Bi lge pumping diagramAnnex 228-4.A.1 General
Chapter 228-5 – Fire prevention, f ire detect ion, f ire extinct ion and fire f ighting
PART 1 – GENERAL
Art ic le 228-5.01 GeneralAr t ic le 228-5.02 Defini t ions
PART 2 – FIRE SAFETY MEASURES IN VESSELS OF 60 METRES IN LENGTH (L) AND OVER
Art ic le 228-5.03 StructureArt ic le 228-5.04 Bulkheads within the accommodat ion and service spaces Art ic le 228-5.05 Protect ion of sta irways and l i f t t runks in accommodation
spaces, service spaces and control stat ionsArt ic le 228-5.06 Doors in f i re-resistant div is ionsArt ic le 228-5.07 Fire integri ty of bulkheads and decksArt ic le 228-5.08 Detai ls of construct ionArt ic le 228-5.09 Venti lat ion systemsArt ic le 228-5.10 Heat ing instal lat ionsArt ic le 228-5.11 Miscel laneous i temsArt ic le 228-5.12 Storage of gas cyl inders and dangerous mater ia lsArt ic le 228-5.13 Means of escapeArt ic le 228-5.14 Automat ic spr inkler and f i re alarm and f i re detect ion systems
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-6
(Method I IF)Art ic le 228-5.15 Automat ic f i re alarm and f i re detect ion systems (Method I I IF)Art ic le 228-5.16 Fixed f i re-ext inguishing arrangements in cargo spaces of h igh
f i re r isk Ar t ic le 228-5.17 Fire pumpsArt ic le 228-5.18 Fire mainsArt ic le 228-5.19 Fire hydrants, f i re hoses and nozzlesArt ic le 228-5.20 Fire ext inguishersArt ic le 228-5.21 Portable f i re ext inguishers in contro l stat ions and
accommodat ion and service spacesArt ic le 228-5.22 Fire-ext inguishing appl iances in machinery spaces (Order of 2
July 2001)Art ic le 228-5.23 Internat ional shore connect ionArt ic le 228-5.24 Firef ighter 's out f i tsArt ic le 228-5.25 Fire contro l planArt ic le 228-5.26 Ready avai labi l i ty of f i re-ext inguishing appl iancesArt ic le 228-5.27 Acceptance of subst i tutes
PART 3 – FIRE SAFETY MEASURES IN VESSELS OF LESS THAN 60 METRES IN LENGTH (L)
Art ic le 228-5.28 Structural f i re protect ion Ar t ic le 228-5.29 Venti lat ion systemsArt ic le 228-5.30 Heat ing instal lat ionsArt ic le 228-5.31 Miscel laneous i temsArt ic le 228-5.32 Storage of gas cyl inders and other dangerous mater ia lsArt ic le 228-5.33 Means of escapeArt ic le 228-5.34. Automat ic f i re alarm and f i re detect ion systemsArt ic le 228-5.35 Fire pumpsArt ic le 228-5.36 Fire mainsArt ic le 228-5.37 Fire hydrants, f i re hoses and nozzlesArt ic le 228-5.38 Fire ext inguishersArt ic le 228-5.39 Portable f i re ext inguishers in contro l stat ions and
accommodat ion and service spaces Art ic le 228-5.40 Fire-ext inguishing appl iances in machinery spaces (Order of
2 July 2001)Art ic le 228-5.41 Firef ighter 's out f i tsArt ic le 228-5.42 Fire contro l plan Art ic le 228-5.43 Ready avai labi l i ty of f i re-ext inguishing appl iancesArt ic le 228-5.44 Acceptance of subst i tutesAnnex 228-5.A.1 Use of cel lular p last icsAnnex 228-5.A.2 Escape and f i re s igns
Chapter 228-6 – Protect ion of the crew
Art ic le 228-6.01 General protect ion measuresArt ic le 228-6.02 Deck openingsArt ic le 228-6.03 Bulwarks, ra i ls and guardsArt ic le 228-6.04 Stairways and laddersArt ic le 228-6.05 Fishing gearArt ic le 228-6.06 Workstat ions
Chapter 228-7 – Life-saving appliances and arrangements
PART 1 - GENERAL
Art ic le 228-7.01 Appl icat ionArt ic le 228-7.02 Defini t ionsArt ic le 228-7.03 Evaluat ion, test ing and approval of l i fe-saving appl iances and
arrangementsArt ic le 228-7.04 Production tests
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-7
PART 2 – VESSEL REQUIREMENTS
Art ic le 228-7.05 Number and types of survival craf t and rescue boats Ar t ic le 228-7.06 Avai labi l i ty and stowage of survival craf t and rescue boatsArt ic le 228-7.07 Embarkat ion into survival craf tAr t ic le 228-7.08 Li fe jacketsArt ic le 228-7.09 Immersion sui ts and thermal protect ive aids (Order of 2 May
20.02)Art ic le 228-7.10 Li febuoysArt ic le 228-7.11 Line-throwing appl iancesArt ic le 228-7.12 Distress signalsArt ic le 228-7.13 Radio l i fe-saving appl iancesArt ic le 228-7.14 Radar t ranspondersArt ic le 228-7.15 Retro-ref lect ive mater ia ls on l i fe-saving appl iancesArt ic le 228-7.16 Operational readiness, maintenance and inspect ions
Chapter 228-8 – Emergency procedures, musters and dri l ls
Art ic le 228-8.01 Appl icat ionArt ic le 228-8.02 General emergency alarm system, muster l is t and emergency
instruct ionsArt ic le 228-8.03 Abandon ship t ra ining and dr i l ls Ar t ic le 228-8.04 Train ing in emergency procedures
Chapter 228-9 – Radiocommunications
Art ic le 228-9.01 Appl icat ionArt ic le 228-9.02 Ship requirements
Chapter 228-10 – Shipborne navigational equipment and arrangements
Art ic le 228-10.01 Appl icat ionArt ic le 228-10.02 Exempt ionsArt ic le 228-10.03 Shipborne navigat ional equipmentArt ic le 228-10.04 Naut ical instruments and publ icat ionsArt ic le 228-10.05 Signal l ing equipmentArt ic le 228-10.06 Navigat ing br idge vis ib i l i tyAr t ic le 228-10.07 Log-bookArt ic le 228-10.08 Spare par tsArt ic le 228-10.09 Portable equipmentArt ic le 228-10.10 WheelhouseArt ic le 228-10.11 Automat ic p i lotAr t ic le 228-10.12 Boarding ladders Ar t ic le 228-10.13 Limitat ion on stress f rom warpsAnnex 228-10.A.1 Construct ion and use of boarding ladders
AnnexesAnnex 228.A.1 Regional or local appl icat ion
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-8
CHAPTER 228-1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 228-1.01
Application
1. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the provis ions of the present sect ion shal l apply to new f ishing vessels of 24 metres in length or over, including vessels a lso processing their catch.
2. The provis ions of the present sect ion shal l not apply to vessels exclusively used:
2.1. for sport or recreation;
2.2. for processing f ish or other l iv ing resources of the sea;
2.3. for research and t ra ining; or
2.4. as f ish carr iers.
Article 228-1.02
Definit ions
1. "New vessel" means any f ishing vessel for which :
1.1 on or af ter 1 January 2003 the bui ld ing or major conversion contract is p laced; or
1.2 the bui ld ing or major conversion contract has been placed before 1 January 2003, and which is del ivered three years or more after that date; or
1.3 in the absence of a bui lding contract , on or af ter 1 January 2003:- the keel is la id or- construct ion identi f iable with a speci f ic vessel begins or - assembly has commenced compris ing at least 50 tonnes or 1% of the est imated mass of al l structural mater ia l , whichever is less,
2. "Crew" means the skipper and al l persons employed or engaged in any capacity on board a vessel on the business of that vessel.
3. "Length (L)" shal l be taken as 96% of the tota l length on a water l ine at 85% of the least moulded depth measured f rom the keel l ine, or as the length f rom the foreside of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that water l ine, i f that be greater . In vessels designed with rake of keel the water l ine on which this length is measured shal l be paral le l to the designed water l ine.
4. "Forward and af ter perpendiculars" shal l be taken at the forward and after ends of the length (L). The forward perpendicular shal l be coincident with the foreside of the stem on the water l ine on which the length (L) is measured.
5. "Breadth (B)" is the maximum breadth of the vessel, measured amidships to the moulded l ine of the f rame in a vessel with a metal shel l and to the outer sur face of the hul l in a vessel with a shel l of any other mater ia l .
6.1 "Moulded depth" is the vert ical distance measured f rom the keel l ine to the top of the working deck beam at s ide.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-9
6.2 In vessels having rounded gunwales, the moulded depth shal l be measured to the point of intersect ion of the moulded l ines of the deck and side shel l p lat ing, the l ines extending as though the gunwale were of angular design.
6.3 Where the working deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends above the point at which the moulded depth is to be determined, the moulded depth shal l be measured to a l ine of reference extending from the lower par t of the deck along a l ine paral le l wi th the raised par t .
7. "Depth (D)" is the moulded depth amidships.
8. "Deepest operat ing water l ine" is the water l ine re lated to the maximum permissib le operat ing draught.
9. "Amidships" is the mid- length of L.
10. "Midship sect ion" is that sect ion of the hul l def ined by the intersect ion of the moulded surface of the hul l wi th a vert ical p lane perpendicular to the water l ine and centre l ine planes passing through amidships.
11. "Keel l ine" is the l ine paral le l to the slope of keel passing amidships through:
11.1 the top of the keel or l ine of intersection of the inside of shell plating with the keel where a bar keel extends above that l ine of a vessel with a
metal shell;
11.2 the rabbet lower l ine of the keel of a vessel with a shell of wood or a composite vessel;
11.3 the intersection of an extension of the outside of the shell contour at the bottom with the centreline of a vessel with a shell of material other
than wood and metal .
12. "Basel ine (OH)" is the hor izontal l ine intersect ing at amidships the keel l ine.
13. "Working deck" is general ly the lowest complete deck above the deepest operat ing water l ine f rom which f ishing is undertaken. In vessels f i t ted with two or more complete decks, the Administrat ion may accept a lower deck as a working deck, provided that that deck is s i tuated above the deepest operat ing water l ine.
14. "Superstructure" is the decked structure on the working deck extending from side to s ide of the vessel or with the side plat ing not being inboard of the shel l plat ing more than 0.04 B.
15. "Enclosed superstructure" is a superstructure with:
15.1 enclosing bulkheads of ef f ic ient construct ion;
15.2 access openings, i f any, in those bulkheads f i t ted wi th permanent ly at tached weathert ight doors of a strength equivalent to the unpierced structure which can be operated f rom each side; and
15.3 other openings in s ides or ends of the superstructure f i t ted with ef f ic ient weathert ight means of c losing.
A br idge or poop shal l not be regarded as enclosed unless access is provided for the crew to reach machinery and other working spaces inside those superstructures by al ternative means which are avai lable at al l t imes when bulkhead openings are closed.
16. "Superstructure deck" is that complete or part ia l deck forming the top of a superstructure, deckhouse or other erect ion si tuated at a height of not less than
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-10
1.8 m above the working deck. Where this height is less than 1.8 m, the top of such deckhouses or other erect ions shal l be t reated in the same way as the working deck.
17. "Height of a superstructure or other erect ion" is the least vert ical d istance measured at s ide f rom the top of the deck beams of a superstructure deck or an erect ion to the top of the working deck beams.
18. "Weathert ight" means that in any sea condit ions water wi l l not penetrate into the vessel.
19. "Watert ight" means the system is capable of preventing the passage of water in any direct ion under the head of water for which i t is designed.
20. "Col l is ion bulkhead" is a water t ight bulkhead up to the working deck in the forepart of the vessel which meets the fol lowing condit ions:
20.1. the bulkhead shal l be located at a d istance d from the forward perpendicular :
1.1 not less than 0.05 L and not more than 0.08 L for vessels of 45 metres in
length and over;
1.2 not less than 0.05 L and not more than 0.05 L plus 1.35 m for vessels of less than 45 metres in length; .
1.3 in no case, less than 2.0 m;
20.2. where any part of the underwater body extends forward of the forward perpendicular, e.g. a bulbous bow, the distance d shall be measured from a point at mid-length of the extension forward of the forward perpendicular or from a point 0.015 L forward of the forward perpendicular, whichever is less;
20.3. the bulkhead may have steps or recesses provided they are within the l imi ts prescr ibed above.
21. "Operat ing" means catching or catching and processing f ish or other l iv ing resources of the sea wi thout prejudice to the r ight of innocent passage in the terr i tor ia l sea and f reedom of navigat ion in the 200-mile exclusive economic zone.
22. "Recognised organisat ion" means an organisat ion recognised in compl iance with Section 140 of these regulat ions.
23. "Approved" means approved by the Administrat ion.
24. "Administrat ion" means the head of the Shipping Safety Centre, the Regional Director of Mari t ime Affa irs or the Minister for the Merchant Marine, as stated in Decree no. 84-810 of 30 August 1984, as amended and publ ished in Volume 1 of the present regulat ions.
Article 228-1.03
Exempt ions
1. The Administrat ion may exempt any vessel which embodies features of a novel k ind from any of the requirements of Chapters 228-2, 228-3, 228-4, 228-5, 228-6 and 228-7, the appl icat ion of which might ser iously impede research into the
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-11
development of such features and thei r incorporat ion in vessels. Any such vessel shal l , however, comply with safety requi rements which, in the opin ion of that Administrat ion, are adequate for the service for which i t is intended and are such as to ensure the overal l safety of the vessel.
2. Exempt ions f rom the requi rements of Chapter 228-9 are deal t wi th in Sect ion 219 and exempt ions f rom the requi rements of Chapter 228-10 are dealt wi th in Art ic le 228-10.02.
3. The Administrat ion may exempt any vessel engaged solely in f ishing near the coast f rom any of the requirements of this sect ion i f i t considers that the appl icat ion is unreasonable and impract icable in v iew of the distance of the vessel 's operat ing area f rom i ts base port , the type of vessel, the weather condit ions and the absence of general navigat ional hazards, provided that i t compl ies with safety requirements which, in the opinion of that Administrat ion, are adequate for the service for which i t is intended and are such as to ensure the overal l safety of the vessel .
Article 228-1.04
Equivalents
1. Where the present regulat ions require that a part icular f i t t ing, mater ia l , appl iance or apparatus, or type thereof, shal l be f i t ted or carr ied in a vessel, or that any par t icular provis ion shal l be made, the Administrat ion may al low any other f i t t ing, mater ia l , appl iance or apparatus, or type thereof, to be f i t ted or carr ied, or any other provis ion to be made in that vessel, i f i t is sat isf ied by t r ial thereof or otherwise that such f i t t ing, mater ia l , appl iance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provis ion, is at least as ef fect ive as that required by the present regulat ions.
Article 228-1.05
Repairs, al terat ions and modif icat ions
1. A vessel which undergoes repairs, al terat ions, modi f icat ions and out f i t t ing re lated thereto shal l cont inue to comply with at least the requirements previously appl icable to the vessel.
2. Repairs, a l terat ions and modi f icat ions of a major character and outf i t t ing re lated thereto shal l meet the requi rements for a new vessel only to the extent of such repai rs, al terat ions and modif icat ions and in so far as the Administrat ion deems reasonable and pract icable.
Article 228-1.06
Specif ic provis ions governing cert i f icates
The provis ions of Section 130 notwithstanding, the provis ions of Ar t ic les 228-1.07 to 228-1.09 shal l apply.
Article 228-1.07(modif ied by the Order of 2 February 2001)
Issue or endorsement of cert i f icates
1.1 An Internat ional Fishing Vessel Safety Cert i f icate, completed by an equipment register, shal l be issued af ter survey to a vessel which compl ies with the appl icable requirements of this sect ion.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-12
1.2 When an exemption is granted to a vessel under, and in accordance with, the provis ions of this sect ion, an Internat ional Fishing Vessel Exempt ion Cert i f icate shal l be issued in addit ion to the cert i f icate prescr ibed in subparagraph 1.1.
2. The cer t i f icates referred to in paragraph 1 shal l comply with the specimens contained in Annex 228-1.A.1 and shal l be issued or endorsed ei ther by the Administrat ion or by any person or organisat ion duly authorised by the Administrat ion. In every case, the Administrat ion shal l assume ful l responsib i l i ty for the issue of the cer t i f icates.
3. National f reeboard cert i f icates shal l be issued and renewed in accordance with Art ic le 5 of Decree no. 84-810 of 30 August 1984 for vessels which sat isfy the requirements of Chapters 228-2 and 228-3 or equivalent requirements to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
These cert i f icates shal l comply with the specimen contained in Annex 228-2.A.1
Article 228-1.08(amended by the Order of 2 February 2001)
Avai labi l i ty of cert i f icates
The cer t i f icates issued under Ar t ic le 228-1.07 shal l be readi ly avai lable on board for examinat ion at a l l t imes.
The nat ional freeboard cert i f icate and f reeboard report shal l be kept on board at al l t imes.
Article 228-1.09
Duration and val id i ty of cert i f icates
1. An Internat ional Fishing Vessel Safety Cert i f icate shal l be issued for a period of not more than four years and shal l not be extended for more than one year subject to the per iodical and intermediate surveys as required herein. An Internat ional Fishing Vessel Exempt ion Cert i f icate shal l not be val id for longer than the period of the Internat ional Fishing Vessel Safety Cert i f icate.
2. I f at the t ime when the val id i ty of i ts cert i f icate expires or ceases, a vessel is not in a French por t , the val idi ty of the cer t i f icate may be extended by the Administrat ion, but such extension shal l be granted only for the purpose of al lowing the vessel to complete i ts voyage to a French port or to the port in which i t is to be surveyed, and then only in cases where i t appears proper and reasonable to do so.
3. No cert i f icates shal l be thus extended for a period longer than f ive months and a vessel to which such extension is granted shal l not , on i ts arr ival in a French por t or the por t in which i t is to be surveyed, be enti t led by vir tue of such extension to leave such por t wi thout having obtained a new cer t i f icate.
4. A cert i f icate which has not been extended under the provis ions of paragraph 2 may be extended by the Administrat ion for a per iod of grace up to one month f rom the date of expiry stated on i t .
5. A cer t i f icate issued under Art ic le 228-1.07 shal l cease to be val id in any of the fo l lowing cases:
5.1 i f the relevant surveys are not completed with in the periods speci f ied in the regulat ions;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-13
5.2 i f the cert i f icate is not endorsed in accordance wi th the present chapter;
5.3 upon t ransfer of the vessel to the f lag of another state.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-14
ANNEX 228-1.A.1(Art icle 228-1.07)
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
(Official designation of the Member State)
Name of the ship
Distinctive numbers or letters
Port of registry Length (2)
Date of building or major conversion contract (3):..............................................................
Date on which the keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction (3): ..............................................................
Date of delivery or completion of major conversion (3): ...............................................................
FORMS OF CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE, EXEMPTION CERTIFICATEAND RECORD OF EQUIPMENT
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
This certificate shall be supplemented by a record of equipment
.......................[Name of the relevant measure(s) introduced by the Member State]and confirming compliancy of the vessel named hereafter with the provisions of Directive 97/70/EC setting up a harmonised safety regime for fishing vessels of 24 metres in length and over
by ..........................................................................................................................................................
(official designation of the competent organisation recognised under the terms of Council Directive 94/57/EC)
under the authority of the government of ...............................................................................................……....
(') Delete as appropriate in accordance with the definitions of new/existing vessels in Article 2 (2) and (3).
(2) As defined in Article 2 (6).(3) In accordance with the definition of Article 2 (2).
228-15
(Official seal)
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-16
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
(Reverse of certificate)
Initial survey
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
1. that the ship has been surveyed in accordance with Regulation I/6 (1) (a) of the Annex to the Torremolinos Protocol of 1993;
2. that the survey showed that:a) the ship fully complies with the requirements of Council Directive 97/70/EC
and
b) the maximum permissible operating draught associated with each operating condition for the vessel is contained in the approved stability booklet dated
3. that an exemption certificate has/has not (1) been issued.This certificate is valid until …………………………………………. subject to surveys in accordance with Regulation I/6 (1) (b) (ii), (b) (iii) and (c)
(Place of issue of certificate) ..................................................(date of issue)..........................................................................................................(Signature of official issuing the certificate)and/or(Seal of issuing authority)
If signed, the following paragraph is to be added:The undersigned declares that he is duly authorised by the Member State to issue this certificate.
………………………………………………………………………………
(Signature)
(1) Delete as appropriate.
228-17
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
(Next page of certificate)
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate for a period of grace where Regulation I/11 (1) applies
This certificate shall, in accordance with Regulation I/11 (1), be accepted as valid until: ................................................................
Signed: ......................................................................................................................................... (Signature of authorised official issuing the endorsement)
Signed: ......................................................................................................................................... (Signature of authorised official issuing the endorsement)
(signature of authorised official issuing the endorsement)Place: ........................................................................................................ ;
(signature of authorised official issuing the endorsement)Place: .................................................................................................................................................Date: ................................................................................................................................................
[Name of the relevant measure(s) introduced by the Member State]and confirming compliancy of the vessel named hereafter with the provisions of
Council Directive 97/70/EC setting up a harmonised safety regime for fishing vessels of 24 metres in length and over
under the authority of the government of...,...,…………………………………………………………….
(official designation of the Member State)by ..........................................................................................................................................................
(official designation of the competent organisation recognised under the provisions of Council Directive 94/57/EC)
Name of the ship
Distinctive numbers or letters
Port of registry Length (2)
(') Delete as appropriate in accordance with the definitions of new and existing ships in Article 2.(2) As defined in Article 2 (6).
228-21
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
(Reverse of certificate)
that the vessel is, under the authority conferred by Regulation exempted from the requirements of
.............................................…….....................................................................................………………….........................Conditions, if any, on which the exemption certificate is granted:
Issued at ........................................................................... , on ……………………………………(place of issue of certificate) (date of issue)
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate for a period of grace where Regulation I/11 (1) applies
This certificate shall, in accordance with Regulation I/11 (1), be accepted as valid until...................................................................................................................................
...............(seal or stamp of authority, as appropriate)
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey or for a period of grace where Regulation I/11 (2) or (4) applies
This certificate shall, in accordance with Regulation I/11 (2) or (4), be accepted as valid until: ...........................................................................................………………………………....
Signed: .............................................................................................................................................……………. (signature of authorised official issuing the endorsement)
(Form of supplement to the certificate of compliance)
RECORD OF EQUIPMENT
for the certificate of compliance
This record shall be permanently attached to the certificate of compliance.
Record of equipment for compliance with Council Directive 97/70/EC setting up a harmonised safety regime for fishing vessels with a length of 24 metres and over
1. Particulars of the vessel
Name of the ship Distinctive numbers or letters
Port of registry Length (')
2. Details of live-saving appliances
1. Total number of persons for whom life-saving appliances are provided
7. Radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver 2182 kHz (')
......................................…………..
8. Device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on 2182 kHz (2)
......................................…………..
(') Unless another date is determined by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organisation, this item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.
(2) This item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 19 February 1999.
4. Methods used to ensure availability of radio facilities (Regulation IX/14):4.1. Duplication of equipment: ..............................................................................................4.2. Shore-based maintenance: ............................................................................................................................4.3. At-sea maintenance capability: .........................................................................................................
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-26
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Issued at .......................................................................... , on ……………………………………
THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the record of equipment is correct in all respects.
Art ic le 228-2.01(amended by the Order of 2 February 2001)
Construct ion
1. Strength and construct ion of hul l , superstructures, deckhouses, machinery casings, companionways and any other structures and vessel 's equipment shal l be suf f ic ient to wi thstand al l foreseeable condi t ions of the intended service and shal l be in accordance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion .
2. The hul l of vessels intended for operat ion in ice shal l be strengthened in accordance with the ant ic ipated condit ions of navigat ion and area of operat ion.
3. Bulkheads, c losing devices and closures of openings in these bulkheads, as wel l as methods for their test ing, shal l be in accordance with the requirements of the Administrat ion. Vessels constructed of mater ia l other than wood shal l be f i t ted with a col l is ion bulkhead and at least with watert ight bulkheads bounding the main machinery space. Such bulkheads shal l be extended up to the working deck. In vessels constructed of wood such bulkheads, which as far as pract icable shal l be watert ight , shal l a lso be f i t ted.
4. Pipes piercing the col l is ion bulkhead shal l be f i t ted with sui table valves operable from above the working deck and the valve chest shal l be secured at the col l is ion bulkhead inside the forepeak. No door, manhole, vent i lat ion duct or other opening shal l be f i t ted in the col l is ion bulkhead below the working deck.
5. Where a long forward superstructure is f i t ted, the col l is ion bulkhead shal l be extended weathert ight to the deck next above the working deck. The extension need not be f i t ted di rect ly over the bulkhead below provided i t is located within the l imits given in paragraph 20 of Art ic le 228-1.02 and the par t of the deck which forms the step is made ef fect ively weather t ight .
6. The number of openings in the col l is ion bulkhead above the working deck shal l be reduced to the minimum compat ib le with the design and normal operat ion of the vessel. Such openings shal l be capable of being closed weather t ight .
7. In vessels of 75 metres in length and over, a watert ight double bot tom shal l be f i t ted, as far as pract icable, between the col l is ion bulkhead and the af terpeak bulkhead.
8. The hul l and structures referred to in paragraph 1 shal l be constructed and surveyed in accordance with the regulat ions of a recognised classi f icat ion company.
A survey cert i f icate, issued by the recognised classi f icat ion company which issues the f reeboard cert i f icate, shal l be submitted to the Administrat ion.
The classi f icat ion company shal l therefore:- examine the diagrams l isted in Annex 228-2.A.2;- inspect the vessel to ensure that the scant l ings and construct ion comply with the diagrams examined;- monitor the dry dock and sea t r ials and tests for which provis ion is made in the company's regulat ions.
9. I f the af ter bulkhead of the machinery compartment is more than 0.25 L f rom the af ter perpendicular, another t ransverse watert ight bulkhead shal l be f i t ted forward of the rudder stock at a d istance of no more than 0.25 L f rom the af ter perpendicular .
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-28
Article 228-2.02
Watertight doors
1. The number of openings in water t ight bulkheads, as required by Art ic le 228-2.01 paragraph 3, shal l be reduced to the minimum compatible with the general arrangements and operat ional needs of the vessel ; openings shal l be f i t ted with watert ight c losing appl iances complying with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion. Watert ight doors shal l be of an equivalent strength to the adjacent unpierced bulkhead.
2. In vessels of less than 45 metres in length, such doors may be of the hinged type, which shal l be capable of being operated local ly f rom each side of the door and shal l normal ly be kept c losed at sea. A not ice shal l be at tached to the door on each side to state that the door shal l be kept c losed at sea.
3. In vessels of 45 metres in length and over, water t ight doors shal l be of the sl id ing type in:
3.1 spaces where i t is intended to open them at sea and i f located with their s i l ls below the deepest operat ing water l ine, unless the Administrat ion considers i t to be impract icable or unnecessary taking into account the type and operat ion of the vessel.
Exempt ions al lowed by a Member State shal l be subject to the procedure of Ar t ic le 4 of Direct ive 97/70/EC; and
3.2 the lower par t of a machinery space where there is access from i t to a shaf t tunnel .
Otherwise watert ight doors may be of the hinged type.
4. Sl id ing watert ight doors shal l be capable of being operated when the vessel is l is ted up to 15 degrees ei ther way.
5. Sl id ing watert ight doors whether manual ly operated or otherwise shal l be capable of being operated local ly f rom each side of the door; in vessels of 45 metres in length and over these doors shal l a lso be capable of being operated by remote contro l from an accessible posi t ion above the working deck, except when the doors are f i t ted in crew accommodat ion spaces.
6. Means shal l be provided at remote operat ing posi t ions to indicate when a sl id ing door is open or c losed.
Article 228-2.03
Hull integrity
1. External openings shal l be capable of being closed so as to prevent water f rom enter ing the vessel . Deck openings which may be open dur ing f ishing operat ions shal l normal ly be arranged near to the vessel 's centre l ine. However, the Administrat ion may approve di f ferent arrangements i f sat isf ied that the safety of the vessel wi l l not be impaired.
2. Fish f laps on stern t rawlers shal l be watert ight , power-operated and capable of being control led f rom any posi t ion which provides an unobstructed view of the operat ion of the f laps. An emergency contro l shal l be provided so that the f laps can be act ivated i f the main control fa i ls.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-29
Article 228-2.04
Weathert ight doors
1. Al l access openings in bulkheads of enclosed superstructures and other outer structures through which water could enter and endanger the vessel , shal l be f i t ted with doors permanent ly at tached to the bulkhead, designed and st i f fened so that the whole structure is of equivalent strength to the unpierced bulkhead, and weathert ight when closed. The means for securing these doors weathert ight shal l consist of gaskets and clamping devices or other equivalent means and shal l be permanent ly at tached to the bulkhead or to the doors themselves, and shal l be so arranged that they can be operated f rom each side of the bulkhead. The Administrat ion may, without prejudice to the safety of the crew, permit the doors to be opened f rom one side only for f reezer rooms, provided that a sui table alarm device is f i t ted to prevent persons being t rapped in those rooms.
2. The height above deck of s i l ls in those doorways, in companionways, erect ions and machinery casings which give direct access to par ts of the deck exposed to the weather and sea shal l be at least 600 mi l l imetres on the working deck and at least 300 mi l l imetres on the superstructure deck. Where operat ing experience has shown just i f icat ion and on approval of the Administrat ion, these heights, except in doorways giv ing direct access to machinery spaces, may be reduced to not less than 380 mm and 150 mm respect ively.
Ar t ic le 228-2.05
Hatchways closed by wooden covers
Hatchways closed by wooden covers are prohib i ted.
Art ic le 228-2.06
Hatchways closed by covers other than wood
1. The height above deck of hatchway coamings shal l be at least 600 mi l l imetres on exposed par ts of the working deck and at least 300 mi l l imetres on the superstructure deck. Where operat ing exper ience has shown just i f icat ion, and on the approval of the Administrat ion, the height of these coamings may be reduced, or the coamings omitted ent i re ly, provided that the safety of vessels is not thereby impaired. In th is case, the hatchway openings shal l be kept as smal l as pract icable and the covers shal l be permanent ly attached by hinges or equivalent means and capable of being rapidly c losed and battened down or f ixed by equal ly ef fect ive arrangements to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion . However, where there are no coamings, these openings shal l be bat tened down at sea.
2. For the purpose of st rength calculat ions, i t shal l be assumed that hatchway covers are subjected to the weight of cargo intended to be carr ied on them or to the fo l lowing stat ic loads, whichever is the greater:
2.1 10.0 ki lonewtons/square metre for vessels of 24 metres in length;
2.2 17.0 ki lonewtons/square metre for vessels of 100 metres in length and over .
For intermediate lengths the load values shal l be determined by l inear interpolat ion. The Administrat ion may reduce the loads to not less than 75% of the above values for covers to hatchways si tuated on the superstructure deck in a posi t ion abaft a point located 0.25L f rom the forward perpendicular.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-30
3. Where covers are made of mi ld steel , the maximum stress calculated according to paragraph 2 mult ip l ied by a coef f ic ient of 4.25 shal l not exceed the minimum ul t imate strength of the mater ia l . Under these loads the def lect ion of the covers shal l not be more than 0.0028 t imes their span.
4. Covers made of mater ia ls other than mi ld steel shal l be at least of equivalent strength to those made of mi ld steel , and their construct ion shal l be of suf f ic ient st i f fness ensur ing weathert ightness under the loads speci f ied in paragraph 2.
5. Covers shal l be f i t ted wi th c lamping devices and gaskets suff ic ient to ensure weathert ightness, or other equivalent arrangements to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Ar t ic le 228-2.07
Machinery space openings
1. Machinery space openings shal l be framed and enclosed by casings of a strength equivalent to the adjacent superstructure. External access openings therein shal l be f i t ted with doors complying with the requirements of Art ic le 228-2.04.
2. Openings other than access openings shal l be f i t ted with covers of equivalent strength to the unpierced bulkhead, permanent ly attached thereto and capable of being closed weather t ight.
3. Machinery space openings shal l have a 600 mm si l l , even where they are located in an area which does not require a weather t ight c losure.
Art ic le 228-2.08
Other deck openings
1. Where i t is essential for f ishing operat ions, f lush deck scut t les of the screw, bayonet or equivalent type and manholes may be f i t ted provided these are capable of being closed watert ight and such closing devices shal l be permanent ly at tached to the adjacent structure. Having regard to the size and disposi t ion of the openings and the design of the closing devices, metal- to-metal c losures may be f i t ted i f the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that they are ef fect ively water t ight .
2. Openings other than hatchways, machinery space openings, manholes and f lush scut t les in the working or superstructure deck shal l be protected by enclosed structures f i t ted with weather t ight doors or their equivalent . Companionways shal l be si tuated as close as pract icable to the centrel ine of the vessel.
Ar t ic le 228-2.09
Venti lators
1. In vessels of 45 metres in length and over, the height above deck of vent i lator coamings, other than machinery space vent i lator coamings, shal l be at least 900 mi l l imetres on the working deck and at least 760 mi l l imetres on the superstructure deck. In vessels of less than 45 m in length, the height of these coamings shal l be 760 mi l l imetres and 450 mi l l imetres respectively. The height above deck of machinery space vent i lator coamings necessary to continuously supply the machinery space and, on demand, immediately supply the generator room, in general shal l be in compl iance with the provis ions of paragraph 3 of th is ar t ic le. However, where due to the ship 's s ize and arrangements th is is not pract icable, lesser heights, but in a l l cases not less than 900 mm above the
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-31
working deck and the superstructure deck, may be accepted with the provis ion of weathert ight c losing appl iances in accordance wi th the requi rements of paragraph 2 of th is art ic le in combinat ion with other sui table arrangements to ensure an uninterrupted adequate supply of vent i lat ion to the spaces .
2. Coamings of vent i lators shal l be at least of equivalent strength to the adjacent structure and capable of being closed weathert ight by c losing appl iances permanent ly at tached to the vent i lator or adjacent structure. Where the coaming of any vent i lator exceeds 900 mi l l imetres in height i t shal l be special ly supported.
3. Closing appl iances in vessels of 45 metres in length and over need not be f i t ted to vent i lators the coamings of which extend to more than 4.5 metres above the working deck or more than 2.3 metres above the superstructure deck unless specia l ly required by the Administrat ion. In vessels of less than 45 metres in length, c losing appl iances need not be f i t ted to venti lators the coamings of which extend to more than 3.4 metres above the working deck or more than 1.7 metres above the superstructure deck. I f the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that i t is unl ikely that water wi l l enter the vessel through machinery space vent i lators, c losing appl iances to such venti lators may be omitted.
4. Machinery space and crew accommodat ion space vent i lators shal l be taken into account when determining the angle of f looding θf.
Article 228-2.10
Air pipes
1. Where air p ipes to tanks and void spaces below deck extend above the working or superstructure decks, the exposed parts of the pipes shal l be of st rength equivalent to the adjacent structures and f i t ted wi th appropriate protect ion. Openings of a ir p ipes shal l be f i t ted with means of c losing, permanent ly at tached to the pipe or adjacent structure.
2. The height of a ir pipes above deck to the point where water may have access below shal l be at least 760 mi l l imetres on the working deck and at least 450 mi l l imetres on the superstructure deck. The Administrat ion may accept reduct ion of the height of an air pipe in order to avoid interference with the f ishing operat ions.
Article 228-2.11
Sounding devices
1. Sounding devices, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, shal l be f i t ted:
1.1 to the bi lges of those compartments which are not readi ly accessib le at al l t imes during the voyage; and
1.2 to al l tanks and cof ferdams.
2. Where sounding pipes are f i t ted, their upper ends shal l be extended to a readi ly accessib le posi t ion and, where pract icable, above the working deck. Thei r openings shal l be provided with permanent ly at tached means of c losing. Sounding pipes which are not extended above the working deck shal l be f i t ted with automat ic sel f-c losing devices.
Article 228-2.12
Sidescutt les and windows
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-32
1. Sidescutt les to spaces below the working deck and to spaces wi th in the enclosed structures on that deck shal l be f i t ted with h inged deadl ights capable of being closed watert ight.
2. No sidescut t le shal l be f i t ted in such a posi t ion that i ts s i l l is less than 500 mi l l imetres above the deepest operat ing water l ine.
3. Sidescutt les f i t ted less than 1000 mi l l imetres above the deepest operat ing water l ine shal l be of the f ixed type.
4. Sidescutt les, together with their glasses and deadl ights shal l be of a construct ion to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion. Those prone to be damaged by f ishing gear shal l be sui tably protected.
5. Toughened or laminated safety glass or i ts equivalent shal l be used for deckhouse and superstructure sidescut t les and windows. The th ickness of the glass shal l be calculated as speci f ied in Annex 228-2.A.3 and shal l not under any circumstances be less than 10 mm. Window panes shal l be f ramed. Windows with windscreen wipers shal l be made of g lass.
6. The Administrat ion may accept s idescut t les and windows without deadl ights in s ide and aft bulkheads of deckhouses located on or above the working deck i f sat isf ied that the safety of the vessel wi l l not be impaired, taking into account the ru les of recognised organisat ions based upon the relevant ISO standards .
Article 228-2.13(amended by the Order of 2 February 2001)
Inlets and discharges
1. Discharges led through the shel l e i ther from spaces below the working deck or f rom wi th in enclosed superstructures or deckhouses on the working deck f i t ted with doors complying with the requirements of Art ic le 228-2.04 shal l be f i t ted with accessib le means for prevent ing water f rom passing inboard. Normal ly each separate discharge shal l have an automatic nonreturn valve with a posi t ive means of c losing i t f rom an accessib le posi t ion. Such a valve is not required i f the Administrat ion considers that the entry of water into the vessel through the opening is not l ikely to lead to dangerous f looding and that the th ickness of the pipework is suf f ic ient . The means for operat ing this posi t ive act ion valve shal l be provided wi th an indicator showing whether the valve is open or c losed.
Scuppers serving superstructures or deckhouses without steel weather t ight doors shal l d ischarge outboard above the load l ine.
2. In manned machinery spaces main and auxi l iary sea in lets and discharges essential for the operat ion of machinery may be control led local ly. The contro ls shal l be accessible and shal l be provided with indicators showing whether the valves are open or c losed.
3. Fi t t ings at tached to the shel l and the valves required by th is ar t ic le shal l be of steel , bronze or other approved duct i le mater ia l . Al l pipes between the shel l and the valves shal l be of steel , except that in spaces other than machinery spaces of vessels constructed of mater ial other than steel the Administrat ion may approve the use of other mater ials.
4. Waste chutes, pebble screens and other s imi lar discharges f i t ted in enclosed spaces on the working deck shal l be of a robust design and f i t ted with:
.1 an automat ic valve wi th a local , easi ly accessib le c losing device.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-33
In addit ion, i f the upper edge of the internal opening is less than 1.2 m above the highest water l ine, a remote closing device shal l be provided which can be operated from outside the space served, together with an indicator in the wheelhouse showing when i t is c losed;
.2 a steel hinged cover with a gasket and an easi ly accessib le and ef f ic ient c losing device for the internal opening
Article 228-2.14
Freeing ports
1. Where bulwarks on the weather parts of the working deck form wel ls, the minimum freeing port area (A) in square metres on each side of the vessel for each wel l on the working deck shal l be determined in re lat ion to the length ( l ) and height of bulwark in the wel l as fol lows:
1.1 A = 0.071(l need not be taken as greater than 0.7 L) .
1.2.1 Where the bulwark is more than 1,200 mi l l imetres in average height, the required area shal l be increased by 0.004 square metre per metre of length of wel l for each 100 mi l l imetres di f ference in height .
1.2.2 Where the bulwark is less than 900 mill imetres in average height, the required area may be decreased by 0.004 square metre per metre of length of
well for each 100 mil l imetres difference in height.
2. The f reeing por t area calculated according to paragraph 1 shal l be increased where the Administrat ion considers that the vessel 's sheer is not suf f ic ient to ensure that the deck is rapid ly and ef fect ively freed of water .
3. Subject to the approval of the Administrat ion, the minimum freeing por t area for each wel l on the superstructure deck shal l be not less than one half the area (A) given in paragraph 1.
4. Freeing ports shal l be so arranged along the length of bulwarks as to ensure that the deck is f reed of water most rapidly and effect ively. Lower edges of f reeing ports shal l be as near the deck as pract icable.
5. Poundboards and means for stowage of the f ishing gear shal l be arranged so that the ef fect iveness of f reeing ports wi l l not be impaired. Poundboards shal l be so constructed that they can be locked in posi t ion when in use and shal l not hamper the discharge of shipped water.
6. Freeing ports over 300 mi l l imetres in depth shal l be f i t ted wi th bars spaced not more than 230 mi l l imetres nor less than 150 mi l l imetres apart or provided with other sui table protect ive arrangements. Freeing port covers, i f f i t ted, shal l be of approved construct ion. I f devices are considered necessary for locking f reeing por t covers dur ing f ishing operat ions they shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion and easi ly operable f rom a readi ly accessible posi t ion.
7. In vessels intended to operate in areas subject to ic ing, covers and protect ive arrangements for f reeing ports shal l be capable of being easi ly removed to restr ict ice accret ion. The size of openings and means provided for removal of these protect ive arrangements shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Article 228-2.15
Anchoring and mooring equipment
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-34
Anchor equipment designed for quick and safe operat ion shal l be provided, which shal l consist of anchoring equipment, anchor chains or wi re ropes, stoppers and a windlass or other arrangements for dropping and hoist ing the anchor and for hold ing the vessel at anchor in al l foreseeable service condit ions. Vessels shal l also be provided wi th adequate mooring equipment for safe moor ing in al l operat ing condit ions. Anchor and mooring equipment shal l be in accordance wi th the rules of a recognised organisat ion.
Article 228-2.16
Working decks in enclosed superstructure
1. These decks shal l be f i t ted wi th an ef f ic ient drainage system capable of evacuat ing cleaning water and f ish guts.
2. Al l openings requi red for f ishing operat ions shal l be f i t ted with devices capable of being closed quickly and ef fect ively by just one person.
3. Catches landed on these decks for handl ing or processing shal l be placed in set nets complying wi th Art ic le 228-3.11. An ef f ic ient drainage system shal l be insta l led. Suitable protect ion shal l be provided to prevent water f rom swamping the working deck.
4. These decks shal l have at least two exi ts.
5. There shal l be a c lear operat ing height when standing in working areas of not less than 2 metres at a l l points.
6. There shal l be a permanent vent i lat ion system capable of provid ing not less than six changes of ai r an hour.
Article 228-2.17
Draught marks
1. Every vessel shal l be marked forward and af t on ei ther s ide of the bow and stern with a draught scale in decimetres , chisel led or welded on steel vessels, notched in the planks to a depth of at least 3 mm on wooden vessels and marked in some equivalent manner on vessels made of mater ials other than steel and wood and painted black on l ight backgrounds or white or yel low on dark backgrounds and posi t ioned so that the bottom of each f igure corresponds to the draught indicated measured ver t ical ly from the level below the keel or i ts extension.
The height of the f igures shal l be such that they are completely immersed when the draught increases by 10 cm.
2. These marks shal l be placed as close to the perpendiculars as possible.
Article 228-2.18
Refrigerated seawater (RSW) and cold seawater (CSW) fish tanks
1. I f RSW or CSW tanks or s imi lar equipment are used, they shal l be f i t ted with separate f ixed seawater in let and drain ing arrangements.
2. I f the tanks are also used to carry dry cargo, they shal l be f i t ted wi th a drainage system and appropr iate arrangements to prevent water f rom the drainage system from enter ing the tanks.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-35
Article 228-2.19
Fishing gear
1. Fishing gear shal l be designed in accordance with the re levant requi rements of Sect ion 214.
2. Fishing gear contro ls shal l be designed and arranged so as to minimise the r isk of erroneous manoeuvres dur ing f ishing operat ions.
3. Emergency shutoff devices shal l be f i t ted to the sat isfact ion of the re levant authori ty.
Article 228-2.20
Workstat ions
1. Working areas shal l be kept c lear and, so far as is pract icable, shal l be protected f rom the sea and shal l provide adequate protect ion to prevent workers f rom fa l l ing on deck or overboard.
Fish processing areas shal l be suf f ic ient ly spacious, in terms of both height and sur face area .
2. Tract ion equipment contro ls shal l be insta l led in an area spacious enough for operators to work comfortably.
Tract ion equipment shal l also be equipped with sui table emergency safety arrangements, including emergency shutof f devices.
3. The t ract ion equipment operator shal l have a clear v iew of the equipment and of the men at work.
Where tract ion equipment is contro l led f rom the br idge, the operator shal l again have a clear v iew of the men at work e i ther di rect ly or using any appropriate means.
4. A rel iable communicat ions system shal l be provided between the br idge and the working deck.
5. The utmost v igi lance shal l be demonstrated and the crew shal l be warned i f there is any imminent danger of st rong seas dur ing f ishing operat ions or other work on deck.
6. Protect ive devices shal l be instal led in order to minimise contact with bare ropes, t rawl warps and por table equipment.
7. Systems to contro l moving masses shal l be insta l led, including on t rawlers in part icular:- devices to block ot ter boards,- devices to contro l the swinging mot ion of the codend.
Article 228-2.21
Freeboard mark
1. Al l vessels shal l have a f reeboard mark amidships on both sides of the hul l c lear ly showing the deepest immersion l imit determined in appl icat ion of the requirements of the present chapter on scant l ings, compartmentat ion and stabi l i ty.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-36
2. The assigned f reeboard is the distance measured vert ical ly over the sides of the vessel amidships between the upper edge of the deck l ine and the upper edge of the f reeboard mark.
3. The f reeboard mark is def ined in Regulat ion 5 of the Internat ional Convent ion on Load Lines 1966.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-37
ANNEX 228-2.A.1
FRENCH REPUBLIC __________________
MINISTRY OF THE SEA __________________
National freeboard certificate for fishing vessel
Issued pursuant to the provisions of the law of 5 July 1983 and the Decree of 30 August 1984 on the safety of life at sea, living conditions on board ships and the prevention of pollution.By ......................................................................................
Name of ship Distinctive numbers or letters
Port of registry Length (L) Type
Type of fisheries practised:………………………………………………….
Freeboard measured from deck line Position of load line
Tropical......................... ........... mm (T) ........... mm above (S)
Summer.............................. ........... mm (S) Upper edge of line through centre of eyeplate
Winter ...................…....... ........... mm (W) ............. mm below (S).
Winter in North Atlantic …............ mm (WNA)
............. mm below (S).
NB. - Freeboards and load lines which do not apply need not be stated on the certificate.Fresh water reduction for all freeboards ............ mm.The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is ............. mm from the deck ....................................................................................... inboard.
Date of survey.....................................................………............
This certificate is valid until......................................
1. When a vessel leaves a port on a river or internal waterway, its load may be increased by the quantity which corresponds to the weight of fuel and any other consumables needed during the voyage from the point of departure to the sea.
2. When a vessel is travelling in fresh water with a density of 1, the appropriate load line may be immersed to the depth which corresponds to the correction for fresh water given above. Where the density of the water is not equal to 1, the correction shall be in proportion to the difference between 1.025 and the real density.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-38
Endorsement confirming the validity of the present certificate following satisfactory annual survey.
In ................................................, on...........................19Signature and official seal
Endorsement confirming the validity of the present certificate following satisfactory annual survey.
In ................................................, on...........................19Signature and official seal
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-39
ANNEX 228-2.A.2(created by the Order of 2 February 2001)
List of diagrams and documents for submission to the recognised classification company
(Art icle 228-2.01)
General arrangement diagram showing posi t ion of decks, bulkheads, superstructures or deckhouses, load l ine at maximum displacement, headroom, exi ts, s idescut t les etc. , together wi th the data needed to calculate the number of out f i t t ings.
Midship sect ion diagram showing the main dimensions, minimum bal last draught, f rame spacing, maximum design speed, navigation and service data, mechanical propert ies of mater ia ls, speci f ic loading heights on decks and double bot tom.
Detai ls of out f i t t ings (weight of anchors, length and weight of chains). Diagram of transverse bulkheads showing openings and closures. Diagram of fore and aft r ibbing. Diagram of rudder and rudder post. General st ructural d iagram. Diagram of hatchway covers and possible loads. Diagram of strengthening against ice. Diagram of mast structure and f ishing gantr ies. Layout of freeing por ts on working deck and superstructure decks. Vessel test d iagram with height of a ir out lets. Diagram of loading doors and other openings in the shel l plat ing and their
c losures. Diagrams and documents on the construct ion and watert ight integr i ty of the
wheelhouse.
Diagrams and documents shal l be dated and thei r or igin stated.
Information required under two or more of the above headings may be given on the same document, provided that th is does not af fect i ts c lar i ty or legibi l i ty .
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-40
ANNEX 228-2.A.3
Minimum thickness of windows and sidescuttles(Art icle 228-2.12)
1. The minimum thickness of windows and sidescutt les depends on:- the design water head;- the bending strength of the mater ial used;- the dimensions of the window or s idescutt le.
A safety coef f ic ient of 5 is required for the bending strength, i r respect ive of the mater ial used.
2. Design water head
2.1. The design water head of a window or s idescut t le shal l be calculated using the fo l lowing formula:
where:h is the design water head of the window or s idescut t le in question,
expressed in metres of water;f is the reference water head:
where: L is expressed in metresk is the level of r isk (Table T1, Annex 1)r is the reduction in r isk (Table T2, Annex 1)g is the level of protect ion:
where: b is the width of the deckhouse in quest ion in metres and B 1 is the maximum real width of the vessel at the point in quest ion in metres. b/B 1
shal l not be taken as less than 0.25 for this formula.
2.2. The value of h used to calculate the th ickness of the glass shal l be not less than:
- forward façades on the working deck: h = 3 where L 50 m h = 2.5 + L/100 where L > 50 m
- elsewhere: h = 1.5 where L 50 m h = 1.25 + L/200 where L > 50 m.
3. Thickness of glass in rectangular windows
The bending strength of toughened or laminated glass used shal l be at least 200 N/mm 2 .
The thickness of g lass in rectangular windows shal l be calculated using the fol lowing formula:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-41
where:
e is the thickness of the glass in mi l l imetresa is the dimension of the smal lest s ide of the window in metresc is the coef f ic ient based on the rat io of b:a as def ined in Table T3, Annex 1,
where b is the dimension of the largest s ide of the window in metresh is the water head in metres.
4. Calculat ions for the th ickness of windows and sidescutt les shal l be submit ted to the organisat ion which assigns or renews the f reeboard.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-42
CHAPTER 228-3
STABILITY AND ASSOCIATED SEAWORTHINESS
Article 228-3.01
General
Vessels shal l be so designed and constructed that the requirements of th is chapter and Chapter 2 of Sect ion 211 wi l l be sat isf ied in the operat ing condit ions referred to in Art ic le 228-3.07. Calculat ions of the r ight ing lever curves shal l be carr ied out in accordance with the [ IMO] Code on Intact Stabi l i ty for Al l Types of Ships .
Article 228-3.02
Stabi l i ty cr i ter ia
1. The fo l lowing minimum stabi l i ty cr i ter ia shal l be met unless the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that operat ing experience just i f ies departures therefrom. Any departure f rom the required minimum stabi l i ty cr i ter ia, al lowed by a Member State, shal l be subject to the procedure of Art ic le 4 of Di rect ive 97/70/EC 1 .
1.1 the area under the r ight ing lever curve (GZ curve) shal l not be less than 0.055 m-rad up to 30 degrees angle of heel and not less than 0.090 m-rad up to 40 degrees angle of heel or the angle of f looding θf i f this angle is less than 40 degrees. Addit ional ly, the area under the r ight ing lever curve (GZ curve) between the angles of heel of 30 degrees and 40 degrees or between the angles 30 degrees and θf , i f this angle is less than 40 degrees shal l not be less than 0.030 m-rad. θf is the angle of heel at which openings in the hul l , superstructure or deckhouses which cannot rapidly be closed weathert ight commence to immerse. In applying this cr i ter ion, smal l openings through which progressive f looding cannot take place need not be considered as open;
1.2 the r ight ing lever GZ shal l be at least 200 mi l l imetres at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30 degrees;
1.3 the maximum r ight ing arm GZ m a x shal l occur at an angle of heel preferably exceeding 30 degrees but not less than 25 degrees and
1.4 the ini t ial metacentr ic height GM shal l not be less than 350 mi l l imetres for s ingle deck vessels. The metacentr ic height may be reduced to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion but in no case shal l be less than 150 mi l l imetres. Reduct ion of the required metacentr ic height, a l lowed by a Member State, shal l be subject to the procedure of Art ic le 4 of Direct ive 97/70/EC .
1.5 Where the propert ies of new vessels are such that paragraph 3.1.2 of Resolut ion A.749(18) cannot be appl ied with respect to the angle at which the maximum r ight ing arm GZ m a x is required to occur , the fol lowing equivalent cr i ter ia shal l apply under a l l author ised loading condit ions:
.1 Resolut ion A.562(14) (weather cr i ter ion) .For the parameter re lat ing to pressure P due to wind, the value determined as a funct ion of h using Table 3 above (s ic) shal l be used;
1 The stability criteria for supply vessels referred to in under 4.5.6.2.1 to 4.5.6.2.4 of the Code on Intact Stability for All Types of Ships may be taken as equivalent to the stability criteria defined under 1.1 to 1.3 of this paragraph. This equivalence shall only apply to fishing vessels with a similar shell to supply vessels and only with the consent of the Administration.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
X.Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
X.Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-43
.2 the area under the r ight ing lever curve (GZ curve) shal l be not less than ei ther 0.07 m-rad up to an angle = 15° where the maximum r ight ing arm (GZm a x ) occurs at an angle = 15°, or 0.055 m-rad up to an angle = 30° where the maximum r ight ing arm occurs at an angle = 30° or more. Where the maximum r ight ing arm occurs at angles between = 15° and = 30°, the area under the r ight ing lever curve shal l be:
A = 0.055 + 0.001 (30° - m a x ) (m-rad)
where: m a x is the angle of heel , in degrees, at which the maximum r ight ing arm occurs;
.3 the area under the r ight ing lever curve between the angles = 30° and = 40° or between the angle = 30° and the angle of f looding f
2 , i f this angle is less than 40°, shal l be not less than 0.03 m-rad;
.4 the r ight ing lever GZ shal l be at least 0.20 m at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30°;
.5 the maximum r ight ing arm shal l occur at an angle of heel of not less than 15° and
.6 the ini t ial metacentr ic height GM 0 shal l be not less than 0.15 m.
For the parameter re lat ing to the weather cr i ter ion, in par t icular the pressure P due to wind, the value determined as a funct ion of h using Table 3 below shal l be used.
P = pressure due to wind, determined by l inear interpolat ion between the values given in Table 3 below (Pa)h = height between the centre of the projected lateral area of the vessel above the water l ine and the water l ine (m)
Table 3Pressure P due to wind
h (m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 and +P (Pa) 316 386 429 460 485 504
2. Where arrangements other than bi lge keels are provided to l imit the angles of rol l , the Administrat ion shal l be sat isf ied that the stabi l i ty cr i ter ia g iven in paragraph 1 are maintained in a l l operat ing condi t ions.
3. Where bal last is provided to ensure compl iance wi th paragraph 1, i ts nature and arrangement shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion. In vessels with a length of less than 45 metres, such bal last shal l be permanent. Where bal last is permanent, i t shal l be sol id and f ixed securely in the vessel. The Administrat ion may accept l iquid bal last , stored in completely f i l led tanks which are not connected to any pumping system of the vessel . I f l iquid bal last is used to ensure compl iance with paragraph 1, detai ls shal l be included in the Cert i f icate of Compl iance and in the stabi l i ty booklet .
2 In applying this criterion, small openings through which progressive flooding cannot take place need not be considered as open.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-44
Permanent bal last shal l not be removed f rom the ship or relocated without the approval of the Administrat ion .
Article 228-3.03
Flooding of f ish-holds
The angle of heel at which progressive f looding of f ish-holds could occur through hatches which remain open during f ishing operat ions and which cannot rapid ly be closed shal l be at least 20 degrees unless the stabi l i ty cr i ter ia of paragraph 1 of Ar t ic le 228-3.02 can be sat isf ied with the respect ive f ish-holds part ia l ly or completely f looded.
Article 228-3.04
Part icular f ishing methods
1. Vessels engaged in par t icular f ishing methods where addit ional external forces are imposed on the vessel dur ing f ishing operat ions, shal l meet the stabi l i ty cr i ter ia of paragraph 1 of Art ic le 228-3.02 increased, i f necessary, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion. Vessels engaged in beam trawl ing shal l comply with the fol lowing increased stabi l i ty cr i ter ia:
1.1 the cr i ter ia for the areas under the r ight ing lever curve and for the r ight ing levers as given in Art ic le 228-3.02, paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2 shal l be increased by 20%;
1.2 the metacentr ic height shal l not be less than 500 mm;
1.3 the cr i ter ia as given under 1.1 shal l be appl icable only to vessels with an insta l led propulsion power not exceeding the value in k i lowatts as given in the fol lowing formulas:
at intermediate length of the vessel the coeff ic ient for L S has to be obtained by interpolat ion in between 0.6 and 0.7.
LS is the overal l length according to the Tonnage Cert i f icate.
I f the insta l led propulsion power exceeds the values for the standard propulsion power as given in the above formulas the cr i ter ia as ment ioned under 1.1 shal l be increased direct ly proport ional to the higher propulsion power.
The Administrat ion shal l be sat isf ied that the increased stabi l i ty cr i ter ia appl ied for beam trawlers are met in the operat ing condit ions ment ioned under Art ic le 228-3.07 paragraph 1.
For the calculat ion of the stabi l i ty, the beams shal l be assumed to be hoisted up to an angle of 45 degrees wi th the hor izontal .
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
X.Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-45
Article 228-3.05
Severe wind and rol l ing
Vessels shal l be able to withstand the ef fect of severe wind and rol l ing in associated sea condit ions taking account of the seasonal weather condi t ions, the sea states in which the vessel wi l l operate, the type of vessel and i ts mode of operat ion. The re levant calculat ions shal l be carr ied out in accordance with the [ IMO] Code on Intact Stabi l i ty for Al l Types of Ships .
Article 228-3.06
Water on deck
Vessels shal l be able to withstand, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, the ef fect of water on deck, taking account of the seasonal weather condit ions, the sea states in which the vessel wi l l operate, the type of vessel and i ts mode of operat ion.
Article 228-3.07
Operating condi t ions
1. The number and type of operat ing condit ions to be considered shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion and shal l include the fol lowing, as appropriate:
1.1 departure for the f ishing grounds with ful l fuel , stores, ice, f ishing gear etc. ;
1.2 departure f rom the f ishing grounds with fu l l catch;
1.3 arr ival at home port with fu l l catch and 10% stores, fuel , etc.; and
1.4 arr ival at home port with 10% stores, fuel , etc. and a minimum catch, which shal l normal ly be 20% of fu l l catch but may be up to 40% provided the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that operat ing patterns just i fy such a value.
2. In addit ion to the speci f ic operat ing condit ions given in paragraph 1 the Administrat ion shal l a lso be sat isf ied that the minimum stabi l i ty cr i ter ia given in Ar t ic le 228-3.02 are met under al l other actual operat ing condit ions including those which produce the lowest values of the stabi l i ty parameters contained in these cr i ter ia. The Administrat ion shal l a lso be sat isf ied that those specia l condit ions associated with a change in the vessel 's mode or areas of operat ion which affect the stabi l i ty considerat ions of this chapter are taken into account.
3. Concerning the condi t ions referred to in paragraph 1, the calculat ions shal l include the fol lowing:
3.1 al lowance for the weight of the wet f ishing nets and tackle, etc. on the deck;
3.2 al lowance for ice accret ion, i f ant ic ipated, in accordance with the provis ions of Art ic le 228-3.08;
3.3 homogenous distr ibut ion of the catch, unless th is is inconsistent wi th pract ice;
3.4 catch on deck, i f ant ic ipated, in operat ing condit ions referred to in sub-paragraphs 2 and 3 of paragraph 1 and paragraph 2;
3.5 water bal last , i f carr ied ei ther in tanks which are especia l ly provided for this purpose or in other tanks also equipped for carry ing water bal last ; and
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-46
3.6 al lowance for the f ree surface ef fect of l iquids, passive stabi l isers and, i f appl icable, catch carr ied.
4. The loading calculat ions required under the present art ic le shal l be presented to the services of the Administrat ion responsib le for the operat ing area before being examined by the relevant commit tee.
Article 228-3.08
Ice accret ion
1. For vessels operat ing in areas where ice accret ion is l ikely to occur the fol lowing ic ing al lowance shal l be made in the stabi l i ty calculat ions: 3
1.1 30 ki logrammes per square metre on exposed weather decks and gangways;
1.2 27.5 ki logrammes per square metre for projected lateral area of each side of the vessel above the water plane;
1.3 the projected lateral area of d iscont inuous surfaces of rai ls, spars (except masts) and r igging of vessels having no sai ls and the projected lateral area of other smal l objects shal l be computed by increasing the tota l projected area of cont inuous surfaces by 5% and the stat ic moments of th is area by 10%.
2. Vessels intended for operat ion in areas where ice accret ion is known to occur shal l be:
2.1 designed to minimise the accret ion of ice;
2.2 equipped with such means for removing ice as the Administrat ion may require.
Article 228-3.09
Incl ining test
1. Every vessel shal l undergo an incl ining test upon i ts complet ion and the actual d isplacement of the vessel and posi t ion of the centre of gravi ty shal l be determined for the l ight ship condit ion.
2. Where al terat ions are made to a vessel af fect ing i ts l ight ship condit ion and/or the posi t ion of the centre of gravi ty, the vessel shal l , i f the Administrat ion considers this necessary taking into account the vessel 's stabi l i ty margins, be re incl ined and the stabi l i ty informat ion revised. However, i f the l ightweight var iat ion exceeds 2% from the or iginal l ightweight and i t cannot be demonstrated by calculat ion that the vessel cont inues to comply with the stabi l i ty cr i ter ia, the vessel shal l be reincl ined .
3. The Administrat ion may al low the incl ining test of an indiv idual vessel to be dispensed with provided basic stabi l i ty data are avai lable f rom the incl in ing test of a s ister ship and i t is shown to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion that re l iable stabi l i ty informat ion for the exempted vessel can be obtained f rom such basic data
.
3 See the Guidance relating to ice accretion contained in recommendation 3 (sic) of attachment 3 to the Final Act of the Conference for maritime areas in which ice accretion is anticipated and where it is proposed to amend the allowances for ice accretion.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-47
4. The incl in ing test shal l be conducted and the propert ies referred to in paragraph 1 of Ar t ic le 228-3.09 determined at least every 10 years.
Article 228-3.10
Stabi l i ty informat ion
1. Suitable stabi l i ty informat ion shal l be suppl ied to enable the skipper to assess with ease and certa inty the stabi l i ty of the vessel under var ious operat ing condit ions. 4 Such information shal l include speci f ic instruct ions to the skipper warning him of those operat ing condi t ions which could adversely af fect e i ther the stabi l i ty or the t r im of the vessel. A copy of the stabi l i ty informat ion shal l be submitted to the Administrat ion for approval. 5
2. The approved stabi l i ty informat ion shal l be kept on board, readi ly accessible at al l t imes and inspected at the per iodical surveys of the vessel to ensure that i t has been approved for the actual operat ing condi t ions.
3. Where al terat ions are made to a vessel af fect ing i ts stabi l i ty, revised stabi l i ty calculat ions shal l be prepared and submitted to the Administrat ion for approval. I f the Administrat ion decides that the stabi l i ty informat ion must be revised, the new informat ion shal l be suppl ied to the skipper and the superseded informat ion removed.
Article 228-3.11
Portable f ish-hold div is ions
Cargos of f ish shal l be properly secured against shi f t ing which could cause dangerous t r im or heel of the vessel. The scantl ings of portable f ish-hold div is ion, i f f i t ted, shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion. 6
Article 228-3.12
Bow height
1. Where the vessel operates in zones no more than 10 mi les from the shore, the bow height shal l be suf f ic ient , to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, to prevent the excessive shipping of water and shal l be determined taking account of the seasonal weather condit ions, the sea states in which the vessel wi l l operate, the type of vessel and i ts mode of operat ion.
2. For vessels operat ing in a l l other areas:
1. Where, dur ing the f ishing operat ions, the catch has to be stowed into the f ish-holds via hatchways, which are si tuated on a working deck forward of the
4 See the Guidance on Stability Information contained in recommendation 4 (sic) of attachment 3 to the Final Act).5 See the Code of Practice concerning the Accuracy of Stability Information for Fishing Vessels adopted by the Organisation by resolution A.267(VIII).6 See appendix V of the Recommendation on Intact Stability of Fishing Vessels adopted by the Organisation by resolution A. 168(ES.IV), as amended by resolution A.268(VIII)).
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-48
deckhouse or superstructure, the minimum bow height shal l be calculated in accordance with the method of calculat ion contained in recommendat ion 4 of at tachment 3 to the Final Act of the Torremol inos Conference.
2. Where the catch has to be stowed into the f ish-holds via a hatchway, which is s i tuated on an exposed working deck, protected by a deckhouse or superstructure, the minimum bow height shal l be in accordance with regulat ion 39 of Annex I to the Internat ional Load Line Convent ion 1966, but shal l not be less than 2000 mm. In this respect , the maximum permissible operat ing draught is to be regarded in place of the assigned summer f reeboard .
Article 228-3.13
Maximum permissib le operat ing draught
1. A maximum permissible operat ing draught shal l be approved by the Administrat ion and shal l be such that , in the associated operat ing condit ion, the stabi l i ty cr i ter ia of this chapter and the requirements of Chapters 228-2 and 228-6 as appropr iate are sat isf ied.
2. This maximum draught shal l be shown by the f reeboard mark required under Ar t ic le 228-2.21.
Article 228-3.14
Subdivis ion and damage stabi l i ty
Vessels of 100 metres in length and over, where the total number of persons carr ied is 100 or more, shal l be capable, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, of remaining af loat with posi t ive stabi l i ty, af ter f looding of any compartment assumed damaged, having regard to the type of vessel , the intended service and area of operat ion. Calculat ions shal l comply with the Guidel ines on Subdivis ion and Damage Stabi l i ty Calculat ions contained in recommendation 6 (s ic) of at tachment 3 to the Final Act of the Conference .
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
X.Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-49
CHAPTER 228-4
MACHINERY AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND PERIODICALLY UNATTENDED MACHINERY SPACES
PART 1
GENERAL
Article 228-4.01
Appl icat ion
Unless provided otherwise, the provis ions of th is chapter shal l apply to vessels of 24 metres in length and over .
The regulat ions of the recognised classification company selected by the owner shall apply to al l technical aspects not explicit ly dealt with in this
chapter.
Article 228-4.02
Defini t ions
1. "Main steer ing gear" is the machinery, the steering gear power uni ts, i f any, and anci l lary equipment and the means of apply ing torque to the rudder stock (e.g. t i l ler or quadrant) necessary for ef fect ing movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the vessel under normal service condit ions.
2. "Auxi l iary means of act ivat ing the rudder" is the equipment which is provided for ef fect ing movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the vessel in the event of fa i lure of the main steering gear.
3. "Steering gear power uni t" means in the case of :
3.1 electr ic steer ing gear, an electr ic motor and i ts associated electr ical equipment;
3.2 electro-hydraul ic steering gear, an electr ic motor and i ts associated electr ical equipment and connected pump;
3.3 other hydraul ic steer ing gear, a dr iv ing engine and connected pump.
4. "Maximum ahead service speed" is the greatest speed which the vessel is designed to maintain in service at sea at i ts maximum permissib le operat ing draught.
5. "Maximum astern speed" is the speed which i t is est imated the vessel can at tain at the designed maximum astern power at i ts maximum permissib le operat ing draught.
6. "Fuel o i l uni t " is the equipment used for the preparat ion of fuel o i l for del ivery to an oi l - f i red boi ler, or equipment used for the preparat ion of o i l for del ivery to an internal combust ion engine, and includes any pumps, f i l ters and heaters deal ing wi th o i l at a pressure greater than 0.18 newton per square mi l l imetre.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-50
7. "Normal operat ional and habitable condit ions" mean condit ions under which the vessel as a whole, i ts machinery services, means of main and auxi l iary propulsion, steering gear and associated equipment, a ids to safe navigat ion and to l imit the r isks of f i re and f looding, internal and external means of communicat ion and signal l ing, means of escape and winches for rescue boats, are in proper working order and the minimum comfortable condit ions of habitabi l i ty are sat isfactory.
8. "Dead ship condit ion" is the condit ion under which the main propulsion plant , boi lers and auxi l iar ies are not in operat ion due to the absence of power.
9. "Main switchboard" is a switchboard direct ly suppl ied by the main source of electr ical power and intended to d istr ibute the electr ical energy.
10. "Periodical ly unat tended machinery spaces" means those spaces containing the main propulsion and associated machinery and al l sources of main electr ical supply which are not at a l l t imes manned under a l l operat ing condit ions, including manoeuvring.
Article 228-4.03
General
Machinery instal lat ions:
1. Main propulsion, contro l , steam pipe, fuel o i l , compressed air , electr ical and refr igerat ion systems; auxi l iary machinery; boi lers and other pressure vessels; piping and pumping arrangements; steer ing equipment and gears, shafts and coupl ings for power t ransmission shal l be designed, constructed, tested, insta l led and serviced in accordance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion . This machinery and equipment, as wel l as l i f t ing gear, winches, f ish handl ing and f ish processing equipment shal l be protected so as to reduce to a minimum any danger to persons on board. Specia l at tent ion shal l be paid to moving parts, hot surfaces and other dangers.
2. Machinery spaces shal l be so designed as to provide safe and free access to al l machinery and i ts contro ls as wel l as to any other par ts which may requi re servic ing. Such spaces shal l be adequately vent i lated.
3.1 Means shal l be provided whereby the operat ional capabi l i ty of the propulsion machinery can be sustained or restored even though one of the essential auxi l iar ies becomes inoperat ive, s o t h a t t h e p r o p u l s i o n machinery c a n c o n t i n u e t o
funct ion at hal f power i f one of these a u x i l ia r i e s is damaged . Special considerat ion shal l be given to the funct ioning of :
.1 the arrangements which supply fuel o i l pressure for main propulsion machinery;
.2 the normal sources of lubr icat ing oi l pressure;
.3 the hydraul ic, pneumat ic and electr ical means for the contro l of main propulsion machinery including control lable p i tch propel lers;
.4 the sources of water pressure for main propulsion cool ing systems; and
.5 an ai r compressor and an air receiver for star t ing or contro l purposes,
provided that the Administrat ion may, having regard to overal l safety considerat ions, a l low a part ia l reduct ion in capabi l i ty in l ieu of fu l l normal operat ion.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-51
3.2 Means shal l be provided whereby the machinery can be brought into operat ion f rom the dead ship condit ion without external aid.
4. Main propulsion machinery and al l auxi l iary machinery essent ia l to the propulsion and the safety of the vessel shal l , as f i t ted, be capable of operat ing whether the vessel is upr ight or l is ted up to 15 degrees ei ther way under stat ic condit ions or up to 22.5 degrees ei ther way under dynamic condi t ions, i .e. when rol l ing ei ther way and simul taneously p i tching ( incl ined dynamical ly) up to 7.5 degrees by bow or stern. The Administrat ion may permi t deviat ion f rom these angles, taking into considerat ion the type, s ize and service condit ions of the vessel.
5. Special considerat ion shal l be given to the design, construct ion and insta l lat ion of the propulsion machinery systems so that any mode of their v ibrat ions shal l not cause undue stresses in such machinery systems in the normal operat ing ranges.
6. Art ic le 228-4.20 shal l apply to a l l vessels.
Electrical instal lat ions:
6. The design and construct ion of e lectr ical insta l lat ions shal l be such as to provide:
6.1 the services necessary to maintain the vessel in normal operat ional and habitable condit ions wi thout having recourse to an emergency source of power;
6.2 the services essential to safety when fa i lure of the main source of electr ical power occurs; and
6.3 protect ion of the crew and vessel f rom electr ical hazards.
7. The Administrat ion shal l be sat isf ied that Art ic les 228-4.16 to 228-4.18 are uni formly implemented and appl ied in accordance wi th the rules of a recognised organisat ion. 7
Periodical ly unattended machinery spaces:
8. Art ic les 228-4.19 to 228-4.24 shal l apply, in addit ion to Art ic les 228-4.03 to 228-4.18 and 228-5.01 to 228-5.44, to vessels with periodical ly unattended machinery spaces.
9. Measures shal l be taken to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion to ensure that a l l equipment is funct ioning in a re l iable manner in a l l operat ing condi t ions, including manoeuvring, and that arrangements in accordance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion are made for regular inspect ions and rout ine tests to ensure cont inuous rel iable operat ion.
10. Vessels shal l be provided wi th documentary evidence, complying wi th the ru les of a recognised organisat ion, of their f i tness to operate with per iodical ly unattended machinery spaces .
11.1. Vessels of less than 45 m in length which comply with the provis ions of Ar t ic les 226-3.01 to 226-3.38 meet the condit ions of appl icat ion of Ar t ic les 5 and 6 of Decree no. 77-794 of 8 July 1977.
7See also the recommendation published by the International Electrotechnical Commission and, in particular, Publication 92, Electrical Installations in Ships.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-52
11.2. Part 4 of th is chapter descr ibes addit ional provis ions which apply to vessels of 45 metres in length and over whose owners apply to operate periodical ly unattended machinery spaces.
11.3. Where machinery on vessels of 15 metres in length and over is usual ly contro l led f rom with in the machinery space, a separate acoust ical ly and thermal ly insulated contro l room shal l be provided which is accessible wi thout passing through the machinery space.
No such instal lat ion shal l be required i f the wheelhouse compl ies with provis ions al lowing periodical ly unattended machinery spaces.
12. The measures taken shal l guarantee safety standards equivalent to those on vessels with at tended machinery spaces under a l l operat ing condi t ions, including manoeuvring.
13. Al l ant ic ipated interventions over a period of less than 16 hours shal l be automated, especia l ly lubr icat ion, f i l l ing of tanks or bunkers, c leaning of f i l ters and blowdown of certa in separators.
14. Indiv idual insta l lat ions in machinery spaces not expressly speci f ied in th is part shal l meet safety standards comparable to those at ta ined by applying the provis ions of this par t.
15. One par t of the engine log required under current regulat ions may be replaced by an automat ic device to register the main parameters re lat ing to the funct ioning of the propulsion machinery and i ts auxi l iar ies or, al ternat ively, by a device to register the alarms referred to in Art ic le 228-4.22.
16. The pract ical arrangements for apply ing this part and the controls and tests required are set out in Annex 228-4.A.1.
The documents required shal l be stamped by a recognised classi f icat ion company before their submission.
PART 2
ENGINE INSTALLATIONS
(See also Art ic le 228-4.03)
Article 228-4.04
Machinery
1. Main and auxi l iary machinery essent ia l for the propulsion and safety of the vessel shal l be provided with effect ive means of contro l .
2. Internal combust ion engines of a cyl inder diameter greater than 200 mi l l imetres or a crankcase volume greater than 0.6 cubic metre shal l be provided with crankcase explosion rel ief valves of an approved type with suf f ic ient rel ief area.
3. Where main or auxi l iary machinery, including pressure vessels or any parts of such machinery are subject to internal pressure and may be subject to dangerous overpressure, means shal l be provided, where appl icable, which wi l l protect against such excessive pressure.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-53
4. Al l gearing and every shaf t and coupl ing used for t ransmission of power to machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the vessel or the safety of persons on board shal l be so designed and constructed that i t wi l l wi thstand the maximum working stresses to which i t may be subjected in a l l service condi t ions. Due considerat ion shal l be given to the type of engines by which i t is dr iven or of which i t forms part .
5. Main propulsion machinery and, where appl icable, auxi l iary machinery shal l be provided with automat ic shut-off arrangements in the case of fa i lures, such as lubr icat ing oi l supply fai lure, which could lead to damage, complete breakdown or explosion. An advance alarm shal l a lso be provided so that warning is given before automat ic shut-of f but the Administrat ion may permit provis ions for overr id ing automat ic shut-of f devices. The Administrat ion may also exempt vessels f rom the provis ions of this paragraph, g iv ing considerat ion to the type of vessel or i ts speci f ic service.
Article 228-4.05
Means of going astern
1. Vessels shal l have suff ic ient power for going astern to secure proper control of the vessel in a l l normal c ircumstances.
2. The abi l i ty of the machinery to reverse the di rect ion of thrust of the propel ler in suf f ic ient t ime and so to br ing the vessel to rest within a reasonable distance f rom maximum ahead service speed shal l be demonstrated at sea.
Article 228-4.06
Steam boi lers, feed systems and steam piping arrangements
1. Every steam boi ler and every unf i red steam generator shal l be provided with not less than two safety valves of adequate capacity. However, the Administrat ion may, having regard to the output or any other features of any steam boi ler or unf i red steam generator, permi t only one safety valve to be f i t ted i f sat isf ied that adequate protect ion against overpressure is provided in compl iance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion .
2. Every oi l - f i red steam boi ler which is intended to operate wi thout manual supervis ion shal l have safety arrangements which shut of f the fuel supply and give an alarm in the case of low water level , a ir supply fa i lure or f lame fa i lure.
3. The Administrat ion shal l g ive specia l considerat ion to steam boi ler insta l lat ions to ensure that feed systems, monitor ing devices and safety provis ions are adequate in al l respects to ensure the safety of boi lers, steam pressure vessels and steam pip ing arrangements.
Article 228-4.07
Communicat ion between the wheelhouse and machinery space
Two separate two-way means of communicat ion between the wheelhouse and the machinery space control plat form shal l be provided, one of which shal l be an engine-room telegraph, provided that on vessels of less than 45 metres in length, the propulsion machinery of which is contro l led direct ly f rom the wheelhouse, the Administrat ion may al low means of communication other than an engine-room telegraph.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-54
Article 228-4.08
Wheelhouse control of propulsion machinery
1. Where remote contro l of propulsion machinery is provided f rom the wheelhouse, the fo l lowing shal l apply:
1.1 under al l operat ing condit ions, including manoeuvr ing, the speed, di rect ion of thrust and, i f appl icable, the pi tch of the propel ler shal l be ful ly control lable f rom the wheelhouse;
1.2 the remote control referred to in subparagraph 1 shal l be per formed by means of a contro l device complying with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion with, where necessary, means of prevent ing overload of the propulsion machinery ;
1.3 the main propulsion machinery shal l be provided wi th an emergency stopping device in the wheelhouse and independent f rom the wheelhouse contro l system referred to in subparagraph 1.1;
1.4 remote contro l of the propulsion machinery shal l be possib le only f rom one stat ion at a t ime; at any contro l stat ion inter lock control uni ts may be permit ted. There shal l be at each stat ion an indicator showing which stat ion is in control of the propulsion machinery. The t ransfer of contro l between the wheelhouse and machinery spaces shal l be possib le only in the machinery space or contro l room. On vessels of less than 45 metres in length, the Administrat ion may al low the contro l stat ion in the machinery space to serve merely as an emergency stat ion, provided there is sat isfactory survei l lance and contro l f rom the wheelhouse;
1.5 indicators shal l be f i t ted in the wheelhouse for:
.1 propel ler speed and direct ion in the case of f ixed propel lers;
.2 propel ler speed and pi tch posi t ion in the case of contro l lable pi tch propel lers and
.3 advance alarm as required under paragraph 5 of Ar t ic le 228-4.04;
1.6 i t shal l be possible to contro l the propulsion machinery local ly even in the case of fai lure in any part of the remote contro l system;
1.7 unless the Administrat ion considers i t impract icable the design of the remote contro l system shal l be such that i f i t fa i ls an alarm wi l l be given and the pre-set speed and di rect ion of thrust wi l l be maintained unt i l local control is in operat ion;
1.8 specia l arrangements shal l be provided to ensure that automat ic start ing shal l not exhaust the start ing possibi l i t ies. An alarm shal l be provided to indicate low star t ing air pressure and shal l be set at a level which wi l l st i l l permit main engine start ing operat ions.
2.1. Where the main propulsion and associated machinery including sources of main electr ical supply are provided with var ious degrees of automat ic or remote contro l and are under cont inuous manned supervis ion from a control room, the contro l room shal l be so designed, equipped and insta l led that the machinery operat ion wi l l be as safe and ef fect ive as i f i t were under d irect supervis ion.
2.2. Stat ions for contro l l ing the propulsion machinery f rom the engines shal l be provided with the necessary means of control , especial ly an indicator showing the di rect ion of the engines, except where the movement of the engine is v is ible from the control stat ion.
2.3 I t shal l be possib le to turn the engines about. I f th is manoeuvre is ef fected manual ly, i t shal l be easy and safe to perform. A safety device shal l be provided to
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-55
prevent engine star t ing operat ions when the turning gear is engaged and to prevent engagement of the turning gear whi le the engine is running.
2.4 I t shal l be possib le to stop the shaf ts in an emergency.
3. In general , automat ic start ing, operat ional and control systems shal l include means for manual ly overr id ing the automat ic means, even in the case of fai lure of any part of the automat ic and remote contro l system.
4. Means shal l a lso be provided at the br idge of checking that there is no malfunct ion to the propulsion system as a whole.
The arrangement and level of automat ion of br idge controls shal l be such that the br idge watch of f icer can navigate the vessel under normal condit ions even i f the engines are periodical ly unattended.
4.1. Such remote control shal l be provided by means of a s ingle device for each independent propel ler, wi th automat ic operat ion of al l associated equipment including, where necessary, arrangements to protect the propulsion machinery against overload.
Means of programming increases and decreases in speed, where used, shal l be capable, i f necessary, of being rapidly overr idden f rom the br idge.
4.2. The main propulsion machinery shal l be provided with an emergency shutof f device on the navigation br idge independent of the navigation br idge contro l system.
5. The operat ion of propulsion machinery controls f rom the navigat ion br idge shal l be indicated, as appropr iate, in the main machinery contro l room or at the propulsion machinery contro l stat ion.
6. Remote contro l of the propulsion machinery shal l be possible only f rom one stat ion at a t ime; at any contro l stat ion inter lock control uni ts may be permit ted. There shal l be at each stat ion an indicator showing which stat ion is in control of the propulsion machinery. The t ransfer of contro l between the navigat ion br idge and machinery spaces shal l be possible only in the main machinery space or the main machinery control room. The system shal l include means to prevent fundamental change of the thrust when control is being t ransferred f rom one stat ion to another.
7.1. I t shal l be possible to contro l local ly al l the machinery needed to operate the vessel in complete safety, even in the case of fa i lure of any par t of the automat ic or remote control system.
7.2. Local contro ls shal l be as direct as possible, meet h igh standards of operat ional safety and be independent f rom the br idge remote contro l insta l lat ion. They shal l be located at a control stat ion in the machinery space. Each control stat ion ( including part ia l control stat ions such as local control stat ions for contro l led pi tch propel lers or coupl ings) shal l have means for communicat ing with the wheelhouse. Such means shal l be independent of the propulsion machinery remote contro ls and capable of being used in the event of a general power fai lure.
8. The remote contro l system shal l be designed so that i f i t fai ls an alarm wi l l be given. Unless the Administrat ion considers i t impract icable, the speed and di rect ion of thrust before the fai lure wi l l be maintained unt i l local control is in operat ion.
This a larm shal l be an indiv idual a larm on the br idge.
9. Indicators shal l be f i t ted on the navigat ion br idge for:
9.1. propel ler speed and direct ion in the case of f ixed propel lers;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-56
9.2. propel ler speed and pi tch posi t ion in the case of contro l led pi tch propel lers.
10. The number of unsuccessful consecutive automat ic star t ing at tempts shal l be l imited in order to maintain the air pressure needed for start ing. An alarm shal l be provided to indicate low start ing ai r pressure and shal l be set at a level which wi l l st i l l permit propulsion machinery start ing operat ions.
The alarm threshold shal l be such that the residual pressure al lows at least 3 start ing operat ions.
Article 228-4.09
Air pressure systems
1. Means shal l be provided to prevent excess pressure in any part of compressed air systems and wherever water- jackets or casings of ai r compressors and coolers might be subjected to dangerous excess pressure due to leakage into them from air pressure par ts. Suitable pressure-rel ief arrangements shal l be provided.
2. The main start ing ai r arrangements for main propulsion internal combust ion engines shal l be adequately protected against the ef fects of backf i r ing and internal explosion in the start ing ai r pipes.
3. Al l d ischarge pipes f rom start ing air compressors shal l lead di rect ly to the start ing ai r receivers and al l start ing pipes f rom the air receivers to main or auxi l iary engines shal l be ent i re ly separate f rom the compressor d ischarge pipe system.
4. Provis ion shal l be made to reduce to a minimum the entry of o i l in to the air pressure systems and to drain these systems.
Article 228-4.10
Arrangements for fuel oi l , lubr icat ing oi l andother f lammable oi ls
1.1. Fuel oi l which has a f lashpoint of less than 60 degrees Celsius (c losed cup test) as determined by an approved f lashpoint apparatus shal l not be used as fuel , except in emergency generators, in which case the f lashpoint shal l be not less than 43 degrees Celsius. However, the Administrat ion may permit the general use of fuel oi l having a f lashpoint of not less than 43 degrees Celsius subject to such addit ional precautions as i t may consider necessary and on condit ion that the temperature of the space in which such fuel is stored or used shal l not r ise to with in 10 degrees Celsius below the f lashpoint of the fuel .
1.2. Fuel o i l which has a f lashpoint of less than 43°C may be stored in very l imited quant i t ies provided that:
- such fuel o i l is stored in tanks completely separate f rom the shel l and placed on an outside deck or in a wel l -vent i lated space set aside for the purpose which is separate from spaces containing thermal insta l lat ions with naked f lames, internal combust ion engines or e lectr ical insta l lat ions which would not be secured by a watert ight metal bulkhead;
- the electr ical insta l lat ions in a space in which tanks containing such fuel o i l are stored comply with the requirements of Art ic le 228-4.18.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-57
1.3. I t is prohibi ted to insta l l in ternal combustion engines on f ixed mounts in a c losed space.
2. Safe and ef f ic ient means of ascerta ining the amount of fuel o i l contained in any oi l tank shal l be provided. I f sounding pipes are instal led, their upper ends shal l terminate in safe posi t ions and shal l be f i t ted with sui table means of c losure. Gauges made of glass of substant ial th ickness and protected with a metal case may be used, provided that automatic c losing valves are f i t ted. Other means of ascerta ining the amount of fuel o i l contained in any fuel o i l tank may be permit ted providing their fa i lure or over f i l l ing of the tanks wi l l not permit re lease of fuel .
3. Provis ion shal l be made to prevent overpressure in any oi l tank or in any part of the fuel o i l system including the f i l l ing pipes. Rel ief valves and air or overf low pipes shal l d ischarge to a posi t ion and in a manner which is safe.
4. Fuel oi l pipes which, i f damaged, would al low oi l to escape f rom a storage, set t l ing or dai ly service tank si tuated above the double bot tom, shal l be f i t ted with a cock or valve on the tank capable of being closed from a safe posi t ion outside the space concerned in the event of a f i re ar is ing in the space in which such tanks are si tuated. In the specia l case of deep tanks si tuated in any shaf t or p ipe tunnel or s imi lar space, valves on the tank shal l be f i t ted but control in the event of f i re may be ef fected by means of an addit ional valve on the pipe or p ipes outside the tunnel or s imi lar space. I f such addi t ional valve is f i t ted in the machinery space i t shal l be capable of being operated outside this space.
5. Pumps forming part of the fuel oi l system shal l be separate f rom any other system and the connections of any such pumps shal l be provided with an ef f ic ient re l ief valve which shal l be in c losed circui t . Where fuel o i l tanks are al ternat ively used as l iquid bal last tanks, proper means shal l be provided to isolate the fuel oi l and bal last systems.
6. No oi l tank shal l be si tuated where spi l lage or leakage therefrom can const i tute a hazard by fa l l ing on heated sur faces. Precaut ions shal l be taken to prevent any oi l that may escape under pressure f rom any pump, f i l ter or heater f rom coming into contact with heated surfaces.
7.1 Fuel oi l pipes and their valves and f i t t ings shal l be steel or other equivalent mater ial , provided that a minimum of f lexib le p ipes may be used . Such f lexible pipes and end at tachments shal l be of adequate strength and shal l be constructed of approved f i re-resistant mater ia l in accordance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion. Fi t t ing of those f lexib le p ipes shal l be in accordance the IMO MSC Circ. 647 "Guidel ines to minimise leakages from f lammable l iquid systems" .
7 2 Where necessary, fuel oi l and lubr icat ing oi l p ipel ines shal l be screened or otherwise sui tably protected to avoid, as far as pract icable, oi l spray or o i l leakage on heated surfaces or into machinery a ir intakes. The number of jo ints in pip ing systems shal l be kept to a minimum.
8. As far as pract icable, fuel o i l tanks shal l be par t of the vessel 's structure and shal l be located outside machinery spaces of category A. Where fuel oi l tanks, other than double bot tom tanks, are necessari ly located adjacent to or within machinery spaces of category A, at least one of their vert ical s ides shal l be cont inuous to the machinery space boundar ies, and shal l preferably have a common boundary with the double bot tom tanks where f i t ted and the area of the tank boundary common wi th the machinery space shal l be kept to a minimum. Where such tanks are si ted with in the boundar ies of machinery spaces of category A they shal l not contain fuel o i l having a f lashpoint of less than 60 degrees Celsius (c losed cup test) . In general , the use of f ree-standing fuel oi l tanks shal l be avoided in f i re hazard areas, and part icular ly in machinery spaces of category A. When free-standing fuel o i l tanks are permi tted, they shal l be placed in an oi l - t ight spi l l t ray of ample size having a sui table drain p ipe leading to a sui tably s ized spi l l oi l tank.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-58
9. The vent i lat ion of machinery spaces shal l be suf f ic ient under a l l normal condit ions to prevent accumulat ion of oi l vapour.
10. The arrangements for the storage, d istr ibut ion and use of o i l employed in pressure lubr icat ion systems shal l be in accordance with the rules of a recognised organisat ion. Such arrangements in machinery spaces of category A and, wherever pract icable, in other machinery spaces shal l at least comply with the provis ions of paragraphs 1, 3, 6 and 7 and, in so far as necessary, in accordance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion, paragraphs 2 and 4. This does not preclude the use of s ight f low glasses in lubr icat ion systems provided they are shown by test to have a sui table degree of f i re resistance.
11. The arrangements for the storage, distr ibut ion and use of f lammable oi ls employed under pressure in power t ransmission systems other than oi l referred to in paragraph 10 in control and act ivat ing systems and heat ing systems shal l be in accordance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion . In locat ions where means of igni t ion are present, such arrangements shal l at least comply wi th the provis ions of paragraphs 2 and 6 and with the provis ions of paragraphs 3 and 7 in respect of st rength and construct ion.
12. Fuel oi l , lubr icat ing oi l and other f lammable oi ls shal l not be carr ied in forepeak tanks. Nor shal l fuel o i l be stored forward of the col l is ion bulkhead or i ts extension.
Article 228-4.11
Bi lge pumping arrangements
1. An ef f ic ient b i lge pumping plant shal l be provided which under a l l pract ical condit ions shal l be capable of pumping f rom and drain ing any watert ight compartment which is nei ther a permanent oi l tank nor a permanent water tank whether the vessel is upr ight or l is ted. Wing suct ions shal l be provided i f necessary for that purpose. Arrangements shal l be provided for easy f low of water to the suct ion pipes. Provided that the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that the safety of the vessel is not impaired the bi lge pumping arrangements may be dispensed wi th in part icular compartments.
2.1 At least two independently dr iven power bi lge pumps shal l be provided, one of which may be dr iven by the main engine. A bal last pump or other general service pump of suf f ic ient capacity may be used as a power dr iven bi lge pump.
2.2 Power b i lge pumps shal l be capable of giv ing a speed of water of at least 2 metres per second through the main bi lge pipe which shal l have an internal diameter of at least :
where d is the internal diameter in mi l l imetres and L, B and D are in metres.
However, the actual internal diameter of the bi lge main may be rounded of f to the nearest standard size acceptable to the Administrat ion.
2.3 Each of the bi lge pumps provided in accordance with this art ic le shal l be provided wi th a d irect b i lge suct ion, one of the suct ions drawing f rom the port s ide of the machinery space and the other f rom the starboard side, except that in the case of a vessel of less than 75 metres in length only one bi lge pump need be provided wi th a d irect b i lge suct ion.
2.4 No bi lge suct ion shal l have an inside diameter of less than 50 mi l l imetres. The arrangement and siz ing of the bi lge system shal l be such that the ful l rated
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-59
capacity of the pump specif ied above can be appl ied to each of the watert ight compartments located between the col l is ion and af terpeak bulkheads.
3. A bi lge ejector in combination with an independent ly dr iven high pressure seawater pump may be insta l led as a substi tute for one independent ly dr iven bi lge pump required by subparagraph 1 of paragraph 2, provided th is arrangement is to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
4. In vessels where f ish handl ing or processing may cause quant i t ies of water to accumulate in enclosed spaces, adequate drainage shal l be provided. The capacity of drainage devices in these spaces shal l be not less than 4 t imes the capacity of the wash pumps for these spaces.
Any closed space in which f ish handl ing may cause l iquids to col lect shal l be provided with a sensor which tr iggers an audible and visual a larm in the wheelhouse and an audible alarm on the working deck i f the water in the space reaches a dangerous level .
The provis ions of the present paragraph shal l apply to a l l vessels, i r respect ive of their date of construct ion.
5. Bi lge pipes shal l not be led through fuel o i l , bal last or double bottom tanks, unless these pipes are of heavy gauge steel construct ion.
6. Bi lge and bal last pumping systems shal l be arranged so as to prevent water passing from the sea or from water bal last spaces into holds or into machinery spaces or f rom one water t ight compartment to another . The bi lge connect ion to any pump which draws f rom the sea or f rom water bal last spaces shal l be f i t ted with e i ther a nonreturn valve or a cock which cannot be opened simul taneously ei ther to the bi lges and to the sea or to the bi lges and water bal last spaces. Valves in b i lge distr ibut ion boxes shal l be of a nonreturn type.
7. Any bi lge pipe piercing a col l is ion bulkhead shal l be f i t ted with a posi t ive means of c losing at the bulkhead with a remote control from the working deck with a sui table indicator. However, i f these means of c losing are f i t ted on the af ter s ide of the bulkhead and are readi ly accessible under a l l service condit ions, the remote contro l may be dispensed with.
Article 228-4.12
Protect ion against noise
The provis ions of Sect ion 214 notwithstanding, measures shal l be taken to reduce the ef fects of noise upon personnel in machinery spaces to levels as given in the [ IMO] Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships 8 .
Article 228-4.13
Steer ing gear
1. Vessels shal l be provided wi th a main steering gear and an auxi l iary means of actuat ing the rudder in compl iance with the ru les of a recognised organisat ion . The main steer ing gear and the auxi l iary means of actuating the rudder shal l be arranged so that so far as is reasonable and pract icable a s ingle fai lure in one of them wi l l not render the other one inoperat ive.
8 Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships adopted by IMO Resolution A.468 (XII) of 19 November 1981.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-60
2. Where the main steering gear comprises two or more ident ical power uni ts an auxi l iary steer ing gear need not be f i t ted i f the main steer ing gear is capable of operat ing the rudder as required by paragraph 10 when any one of the uni ts is out of operat ion. Each of the power uni ts shal l be operated f rom a separate c ircui t .
3. The posi t ion of the rudder, i f power operated, shal l be indicated in the wheelhouse. The rudder angle indicat ion shal l be independent of the steering gear contro l system.
4. In the event of fai lure of any of the steering gear uni ts an alarm shal l be given in the wheelhouse.
5. Indicators for running indicat ion of the motors of e lectr ic and electrohydraul ic steering gear shal l be insta l led in the wheelhouse. Short c ircui t protect ion, an over load alarm and a no-vol tage alarm shal l be provided for these circui ts and motors. Protect ion against excess current, i f provided, shal l be for not less than twice the ful l load current of the motor or c ircui t so protected, and shal l be arranged to permit the passage of the appropriate star t ing currents.
6. The main steer ing gear shal l be of adequate strength and suff ic ient to steer the vessel at maximum service speed. The main steering gear and rudder stock shal l be so designed that they wi l l not be damaged at maximum speed astern or by manoeuvring during f ishing operat ions.
7. The main steer ing gear shal l , wi th the vessel at i ts maximum permissib le operat ing draught, be capable of put t ing the rudder over f rom 35 degrees on one side to 35 degrees on the other s ide with the vessel running ahead at maximum service speed. The rudder shal l be capable of being put over f rom 35 degrees on ei ther s ide to 30 degrees on the other s ide in not more than 28 seconds, under the same condi t ions. The main steering gear shal l be operated by power where necessary to fu l f i l these requirements.
8. The main steer ing gear power uni t shal l be arranged to star t e i ther by manual means in the wheelhouse or automat ical ly when power is restored after a power fai lure.
9. The auxi l iary means for actuat ing the rudder shal l be of adequate strength and suf f ic ient to steer the vessel at navigable speed and capable of being brought speedi ly into act ion in an emergency.
10. The auxi l iary means for actuat ing the rudder shal l be capable of put t ing the rudder over f rom 15 degrees on one side to 15 degrees on the other s ide in not more than 60 seconds with the vessel running at one-half of i ts maximum service speed ahead or 7 knots, whichever is the greater. The auxi l iary means for actuat ing the rudder shal l be operated by power where necessary to ful f i l these requirements. I f this source of power is electr ical , the emergency source of electr ical power must be capable of powering the auxi l iary means for actuating the rudder for at least 10 minutes.
11. Electr ic or e lectrohydraul ic steering gear in vessels of 75 metres in length and over shal l be served by at least two ci rcui ts fed f rom the main switchboard and these circui ts shal l be as widely separated as possib le.
Article 228-4.14
Engineers ' alarm
In vessels of 75 metres in length and over an engineers ' a larm shal l be provided to be operated f rom the engine control room or at the manoeuvr ing plat form as appropriate, and shal l be clear ly audible in the engineers ' accommodation.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-61
Article 228-4.15
Refr igerat ion systems for the preservat ion of the catch
1. Refr igerat ion systems shal l be so designed, constructed, tested and insta l led as to take account of the safety of the system and also the emission of chlorof luorocarbons (CFCs) or other ozone-deplet ing substances f rom the refr igerant held in quant i t ies or concentrat ions which are hazardous to human health or to the envi ronment, and shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
2. Refr igerants to be used in refr igerat ion systems shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion. However, methylchlor ide or CFCs whose ozone-deplet ing potent ial is h igher than 5 per cent of CFC-11 shal l not be used as refr igerants.
3.1 Refr igerat ion instal lat ions shal l be adequately protected against v ibrat ion, shock, expansion, shr inkage, etc. and shal l be provided with an automatic safety contro l device to prevent a dangerous r ise in temperature and pressure.
3.2 Refr igerat ion systems in which toxic or f lammable refr igerants are used shal l be provided with drainage devices leading to a p lace where the refr igerant presents no danger to the vessels or to persons on board.
4.1 Any space contain ing refr igerat ing machinery including condensers and gas tanks ut i l is ing toxic refr igerants shal l be separated from any adjacent space by gast ight bulkheads. Any space contain ing the refr igerat ing machinery including condensers and gas tanks shal l be f i t ted with a leak detect ion system having an indicator outside the space adjacent to the entrance and shal l be provided with an independent vent i lat ion system and a water spray system.
4.2 When such containment is not pract icable, due to the size of the vessel , the refr igerat ion system may be instal led in the machinery space provided that the quant i ty of refr igerant used wi l l not cause danger to persons in the machinery space, should a l l the gas escape, and provided that an alarm is f i t ted to g ive warning of a dangerous concentrat ion of gas should any leakage occur in the compartment.
5. In refr igerat ing machinery spaces and refr igerat ing rooms, alarms shal l be connected to the wheelhouse or contro l stat ions or escape exi ts to prevent persons being trapped. At least one exi t f rom each such space shal l be capable of being opened f rom the inside. Where pract icable, exi ts f rom the spaces containing refr igerat ing machinery using toxic or f lammable gas shal l not lead direct ly into any accommodat ion spaces.
6. Where any refr igerant harmful to persons is used in a refr igerat ion system, at least two sets of breathing apparatus shal l be provided, one of which shal l be placed in a posi t ion not l ikely to become inaccessible in the event of leakage of refr igerant. Breathing apparatus provided as part of the vessels ' f i re- f ight ing equipment may be considered as meeting al l or par t of this provis ion provided i ts locat ion meets both purposes. Where sel f-contained breathing apparatus is used, spare cyl inders shal l be provided.
In addit ion, where ammonia is used as the refr igerant :
- a special space shal l be provided for the refr igerat ing machinery, condensers and gas tanks;
- the leak detect ion system referred to in paragraph 4.1 shal l shut down the refr igerat ing compressors;
- the venti lat ion system in the space shal l be such that i t is not dangerous in f lammable concentrat ions of gas;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-62
- the closures of access to and exi ts from spaces used for ammonia machines and circui ts shal l include a water curta in and a drainage system shal l be provided to ensure that the water used does not spread to other spaces; these water curta ins shal l be capable of being switched on f rom outside each space concerned;
- spare ammonia cyl inders shal l be stowed appropriate ly inside the spaces used for l iquid refr igerant machinery, apparatus and systems or in other spaces set aside for the purpose. Such spaces shal l meet the same cr i ter ia as spaces used for the elements of the system contain ing the l iquid refr igerant ;
- a sui t and breathing apparatus set separate f rom those required by th is paragraph shal l be kept for protect ion against ammonia in an easi ly accessible locat ion close to one of the means of access to the spaces contain ing the ammonia machinery, apparatus and systems and shal l al low a member of the crew to enter quickly and safely.
7. Adequate guidance for the safe operat ion and emergency procedures for the refr igerat ion system shal l be provided by sui table not ices displayed on board the vessel.
7.1. Specif ic requirement for ai r-condit ioning systems:
Direct expansion air-condi t ioning systems using ammonia are not permit ted.
7.2. Specif ic requirements for f ish f reezing systems:
Fish f reezing systems shal l be designed and equipped in accordance with the regulat ions of a recognised classi f icat ion company.
Freezer tank coi ls shal l be designed so that they are not prone to damage when the tanks are loaded and unloaded.
These circui ts shal l be f i t ted, in addit ion to accessories necessary for the operat ion of the system, with valves arranged so as to l imit leaks of l iquid refr igerant in the event of damage.
PART 3
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
(see also Art ic le 228-4.03)
Article 228-4.16
Main source of e lectr ical power
1.1 Where electr ical power const i tutes the only means of maintain ing auxi l iary services essential to the propulsion and safety of the vessel, a main source of electr ical power shal l be provided which shal l include at least two generat ing sets, one of which may be dr iven by the main engine. In accordance with the rules of a recognised organisat ion ther arrangements having equivalent e lectr ical capabi l i ty may be accepted.
1.2 The power of these sets shal l be such as to ensure the funct ioning of the services referred to in paragraph 6, subparagraph 1 of Art ic le 228-4.03, excluding the power required in f ishing act iv i t ies, processing and preservat ion of the catch, in the event of any one of these generat ing sets being stopped. However, vessels less than 45 metres in length need only maintain the funct ioning of services
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-63
essential to the propulsion and safety of the vessel in the event of any one of these generat ing sets being stopped.
1.3 The arrangements of the vessel 's main source of electr ical power shal l be such that the services referred to in paragraph 6, subparagraph 1 of Art ic le 228-4.03 can be maintained regardless of the number of revolut ions and the direct ion of the main propel l ing engines or shaf t ing.
1.4 Where t ransformers const i tute an essent ia l part of the supply system required by th is paragraph, the system shal l be so arranged as to ensure cont inui ty of the supply.
2.1 The arrangement of the main l ight ing system shal l be such that a f i re or other casualty in the space or spaces containing the main source of e lectr ical power, including t ransformers, i f any, wi l l not render the emergency l ight ing system inoperat ive.
2.2 The arrangement of the emergency l ight ing system shal l be such that a f i re or other casualty in the space or spaces contain ing the emergency source of electr ical power, including t ransformers, i f any, wi l l not render the main l ight ing system inoperat ive.
3. I f the navigat ion l ights are sole ly e lectr ical , they shal l be suppl ied via their own independent switchboard and sui table means of contro l l ing such l ights.
Article 228-4.17
Emergency source of e lectr ical power
1. A sel f -contained emergency source of electr ical power located, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, outside the machinery spaces shal l be provided and so arranged as to ensure i ts funct ioning in the event of f i re or other causes of fai lure of the main electr ical insta l lat ions.
2. The emergency source of e lectr ical power shal l be capable, having regard to start ing current and the t ransi tory nature of certain loads, of serving simultaneously for a period of at least three hours:
2.1 the VHF radio instal lat ion required by Section 219;
.1 the MF radio insta l lat ion required by Sect ion 219;
.2 the ship earth stat ion required by Section 219; and
.3 the MF/HF radio insta l lat ion required by Sect ion 219.
2.2 internal communications equipment, f i re detect ing systems and signals which may be required in an emergency;
2.3 the navigat ion l ights i f solely e lectr ical and the emergency l ights:
.1 of launching stat ions and overside of the vessel;
.2 in a l l a l leyways, sta irways and exi ts;
.3 in spaces containing machinery or the emergency source of power;
.4 in control stat ions;
.5 in f ish handl ing and f ish processing spaces; and
2.4 the operat ion of the emergency f i re pump, i f any.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-64
3. The emergency source of e lectr ical power may be ei ther a generator or an accumulator bat tery.
4.1 Where the emergency source of e lectr ical power is a generator , i t shal l be provided both with an independent fuel supply and with eff ic ient start ing arrangements to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion. Unless a second independent means of start ing the emergency generator is provided the single source of stored energy shal l be protected to preclude i ts complete deplet ion by the automat ic start ing system.
4.2 Where the emergency source of e lectr ical power is an accumulator bat tery i t shal l be capable of carry ing the emergency load without recharging whi lst maintain ing the vol tage of the battery throughout the discharge per iod with in ± 12% of i ts nominal vol tage. In the event of fa i lure of the main power supply th is accumulator bat tery shal l be automat ical ly connected to the emergency switchboard and shal l immediately supply at least those services speci f ied in paragraph 2, subparagraphs 1 and 2. The emergency switchboard shal l be provided with an auxi l iary swi tch al lowing the bat tery to be connected manual ly, in case of fai lure of the automat ic connect ion system.
5. The emergency swi tchboard shal l be insta l led as near as is pract icable to the emergency source of power and shal l be located in accordance with paragraph 1. Where the emergency source of power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shal l be located in the same place unless the operat ion of the emergency swi tchboard would thereby be impaired.
6. Accumulator bat ter ies f i t ted in accordance with the provis ions of the present ar t ic le, with the exception of batter ies used for the radio t ransceiver on vessels of less than 45 metres in length, shal l be insta l led in a wel l vent i lated space which shal l not be the space contain ing the emergency switchboard. An indicator shal l be mounted in a sui table place on the main switchboard or in the machinery control room to indicate when the bat tery consti tut ing the emergency source of power is being discharged. The emergency swi tchboard is to be suppl ied in normal operat ion f rom the main switchboard by an inter-connector feeder which is to be protected at the main switchboard against overload and short c ircui t . The arrangement at the emergency switchboard shal l be such that in the event of fai lure of the main power supply an automat ic connect ion of the emergency supply shal l be provided. When the system is arranged for feedback operat ion, the inter-connector feeder shal l a lso be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short c ircui t .
7. The emergency generator and i ts pr ime mover and any accumulator bat tery shal l be so arranged as to ensure that they wi l l funct ion at ful l rated power when the vessel is upr ight and when rol l ing up to an angle of up to 22.5 degrees ei ther way and simultaneously p i tching by up to 10 degrees by bow or stern, or is in any combination of angles wi th in those l imits.
8. The emergency source of e lectr ical power and automat ic star t ing equipment shal l be so constructed and arranged as to enable adequate test ing to be carr ied out by the crew whi le the vessel is in operat ing condit ion.
9. Paragraph 2 notwithstanding, the emergency source of electr ical power on vessels of 45 metres in length or over shal l be able to power the insta l lat ions referred to in the present art ic le for at least 8 hours.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-65
Article 228-4.18
Precautions against shock, f i reand other hazards of e lectr ical or igin 9
1.1 Exposed permanent ly f ixed metal parts of electr ical machines or equipment which are not intended to be " l ive" but which are l iable under faul t condit ions to become " l ive" shal l be earthed (grounded) unless:
.1 they are suppl ied at a vol tage not exceeding 55 vol ts di rect current or 55 vol ts, root mean square, between conductors; autotransformers shal l not be used for the purpose of achieving th is a l ternative current vol tage;
.2 they are suppl ied at a vol tage not exceeding 250 vol ts by safety isolat ing t ransformers supplying one consuming device only or
.3 they are constructed in accordance with the pr inciple of double insulat ion.
1.2 Portable e lectr ical equipment shal l operate at a safe vol tage, exposed metal parts of such equipment which are not intended to have a vol tage but which may have such under faul t condit ions, shal l be ear thed. The Administrat ion may require addit ional precautions for por table electr ic lamps, tools or s imi lar apparatus for use in conf ined or except ional ly damp spaces where part icular r isks due to conduct iv i ty may exist .
1.3 Electr ical apparatus shal l be so constructed and so insta l led that i t shal l not cause injury when handled or touched in the normal manner.
2. Main and emergency switchboards shal l be so arranged as to g ive easy access as may be needed to apparatus and equipment, wi thout danger to at tendants. The sides and backs and, where necessary, the f ronts of switchboards, shal l be sui tably guarded. Exposed " l ive" parts having vol tages to ear th exceeding a vol tage to be speci f ied by the Administrat ion shal l not be instal led on the f ront of such switchboards. There shal l be non-conduct ing mats or grat ings at the front and rear , where necessary.
3.1 The hul l return system of dist r ibut ion shal l not be used for power, heat ing or l ight ing in vessels of 75 metres in length and over.
3.2 The requirement of subparagraph 1 does not preclude, under condi t ions approved by the Administrat ion, the use of:
.1 impressed current cathodic protect ive systems;
.2 l imited and local ly earthed systems;
.3 insulat ion level monitor ing devices provided the circulat ion current does not exceed 30 mi l l iamperes under the most unfavourable condit ions.
3.3 Where the hul l return system is used, a l l f inal sub-circui ts (a l l c i rcui ts f i t ted af ter the last protect ive device) shal l be two wire and special precaut ions shal l be taken to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
4.1 Where a distr ibut ion system, whether pr imary or secondary, for power, heating or l ight ing, with no connect ion to ear th is used, a device capable of moni tor ing the insulat ion level to earth shal l be provided.
9 See Regulation 23 on precautions against shock, fire and other hazards of electrical origin of the Recommendation concerning Regulations for Machinery and Electrical Installations in Passenger and Cargo Ships adopted by the Organisation by resolution A.325(IX).
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-66
4.2 Where the distr ibut ion system is in accordance with paragraph 4.1 and a vol tage exceeding 55 vol ts direct current or 55 vol ts, root mean square, between conductors, is used, a device capable of cont inuously monitor ing the insulat ion level to ear th and of g iv ing an audible or v isual indicat ion of abnormal ly low insulat ion values shal l be provided.
4.3 Distr ibut ion systems which are suppl ied at a vol tage not exceeding 250 vol ts di rect current or 250 vol ts, root mean square, between conductors and which are l imited in extent, may comply wi th subparagraph 1, subject to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
5.1 Except as permi tted by the Administrat ion in except ional c i rcumstances, a l l metal sheaths and armour of cables shal l be electr ical ly cont inuous and shal l be earthed.
5.2 Al l e lectr ical cables shal l be at least of a f lame-retardant type and shal l be so insta l led as not to impair their or iginal f lame-retarding propert ies. The Administrat ion may permit the use of specia l types of cables when necessary for part icular appl icat ions, such as radio frequency cables, which do not comply with the foregoing.
5.3 Cables and wir ing serving essent ia l or emergency power, l ight ing, internal communicat ions or s ignals shal l as far as pract icable be routed clear of gal leys, machinery spaces of category A and other high f i re r isk areas and laundries, f ish handl ing and f ish processing spaces and other spaces where there is a high moisture content. Cables connect ing f i re pumps to the emergency switchboard shal l be of a f i re-resistant type where they pass through high f i re r isk areas. Where pract icable a l l such cables should be run in such a manner as to preclude their being rendered unserviceable by heat ing of the bulkheads that may be caused by a f i re in an adjacent space.
5.4 Where cables which are insta l led in spaces where the r isk of f i re or explosion exists in the event of an electr ical faul t , specia l precaut ions against such r isks shal l be taken to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
5.5 Wir ing shal l be supported in such a manner as to avoid chaf ing or other damage.
5.6 Terminations and jo ints in al l conductors shal l be made such that they reta in the or ig inal electr ical , mechanical , f lame-retarding and, where necessary, f i re-resist ing propert ies of the cable.
5.7 Cables instal led in refr igerated compartments shal l be sui table for low temperatures and high humidi ty.
6.1 Circui ts shal l be protected against short c ircui t . Circui ts shal l a lso be protected against overload, except in accordance with art ic le 228-4.13 or where the Administrat ion may except ional ly otherwise permit .
6.2 The rat ing or appropriate set t ing of the over load protect ive device for each circui t shal l be permanent ly indicated at the locat ion of the protect ive device.
7. Light ing f i t t ings shal l be arranged to prevent temperature r ises which could damage the wir ing and to prevent surrounding mater ia l f rom becoming excessively hot .
8. Light ing or power c ircui ts terminat ing in a space where the r isk of f i re or explosion exists shal l be provided with isolat ing swi tches outside the space.
9.1 The housing of an accumulator bat tery shal l be constructed and vent i lated to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-67
9.2 Electr ical and other equipment which may const i tute a source of igni t ion of f lammable vapours shal l not be permit ted in these compartments except as permit ted in paragraph 10.
9.3 An accumulator bat tery shal l not be located in accommodation spaces unless insta l led in a hermet ical ly sealed container.
10. In spaces where f lammable mixtures are l iable to col lect and in any compartment assigned pr incipal ly to the containment of an accumulator bat tery, no electr ical equipment shal l be instal led unless the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that i t is :
10.1 essential for operat ional purposes;
10.2 of a type which wi l l not igni te the mixture concerned;
10.3 appropriate to the space concerned; and
10.4 appropriate ly cert i f ied for safe usage in the dusts, vapours or gases l ikely to be encountered.
11. Lightning conductors shal l be f i t ted to al l wooden masts or topmasts. In vessels constructed of non-conduct ive mater ia ls the l ightning conductors shal l be connected by sui table conductors to a copper p late f ixed to the vessel 's hul l wel l below the water l ine.
PART 4
PERIODICALLY UNATTENDED MACHINERY SPACES
(See also Art ic le 228-4.03)
Article 228-4.19
Fire safety
Fire prevention
1. Special considerat ion shal l be given to h igh pressure fuel o i l p ipes. Where pract icable, leakages from such pip ing systems shal l be col lected in a sui table drain tank which shal l be provided with a h igh level alarm.
2. Where dai ly service fuel oi l tanks are f i l led automat ical ly or by remote contro l , means shal l be provided to prevent overf low spi l lages. Simi lar considerat ion shal l be given to other equipment which t reats f lammable l iquids automat ical ly, e.g. fuel o i l pur i f iers, which whenever pract icable shal l be insta l led in a specia l space reserved for pur i f iers and their heaters.
3. Where fuel o i l dai ly service tanks or set t l ing tanks are f i t ted with heat ing arrangements, a h igh temperature alarm shal l be provided i f the f lashpoint of the fuel oi l can be exceeded.
Hydraul ic generators of over 100 kW using fuel oi l at pressures of over 100 bars shal l , unless except ional ly just i f ied, be insta l led in separately vent i lated spaces set aside for such equipment and shal l be ef fect ively protected.
Al l hydraul ic generators shal l be insta l led to the sat isfact ion of the relevant authori ty.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-68
Fire detection
4. An approved f i re detect ion and alarm system based on a sel f -monitor ing pr inciple and including faci l i t ies for per iodical test ing shal l be instal led in machinery spaces.
4.1 This system shal l a lso be insta l led in al l spaces containing at least one of the fo l lowing devices or insta l lat ions:- a centra l contro l and survei l lance stat ion;- a main switchboard or emergency switchboard;- a machinery or electr ic i ty workshop.
Means shal l be provided to overr ide the f i re detect ion system for not more than 30 minutes in spaces normal ly used for welding work.
4.2 The f i re detect ion system shal l be designed and the detectors arranged so as to detect the outbreak of f i re in any part of the compartment under a l l normal operat ing condit ions of the machinery and venti lat ion var iat ions required by the potent ial range of ambient temperatures wi th in not more than 3 minutes.
This shal l be tested in accordance with Annex 228-4.A.1 (point FD1 of the questionnaire).
Detect ion systems using only thermal detectors shal l not be permit ted except in spaces of l imited height for which they are part icular ly sui table.
A lamp repeater of the indicator showing that repeaters (s ic) in spaces which are normal ly c losed are funct ioning shal l be f i t ted in the vic ini ty of the door of such spaces.
4.3. Once i t has been instal led, the system shal l be tested under the var ious operat ing condit ions of the machinery and the vent i lat ion.
The system shal l be tested at sea and in harbour i f per iodical ly unat tended machinery spaces are also operated in harbour.
5. The detect ion system shal l in i t ia te both audible and visual a larm separate f rom any device not indicat ing f i re in the wheelhouse, in the vic ini ty of the engineers ' accommodat ion and in suff ic ient appropriate spaces to be heard and observed by persons on board, when the vessel is in harbour.
6. The f i re detect ion system shal l be fed automat ical ly from an emergency source of power i f the main source of power fa i ls.
7. Internal combustion engines of 2,500 kW and over or with cyl inders with a diameter greater than 300 mm shal l be provided wi th crankcase oi l mist detectors or engine bearing temperature detectors or equivalent devices.
Fire f ighting
8. A f ixed f i re-ext inguishing system shal l be provided to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, which shal l be in compl iance with the requirements of Art ic les 228-5.22 and 228-5.40.
9. In vessels of 75 metres in length and over provis ion shal l be made for immediate water del ivery f rom the f i re main system ei ther by:
9.1 remote start ing arrangements of one of the main f i re pumps in the wheelhouse and at the f i re contro l stat ion, i f any; or
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-69
9.2 permanent pressurisat ion of the f i re main system, due regard being paid to the possibi l i ty of f reezing. 1 0
10. The Administrat ion shal l be sat isf ied with the maintenance of the f i re integri ty of the machinery spaces, the location and centra l isat ion of the f i re-ext inguishing system controls, the shut-down arrangements referred to in Art ic le 228-4.24, e.g. vent i lat ion, fuel pumps, etc. , and may requi re f i re-ext inguishing appl iances and other f i re-f ight ing equipment and breathing apparatus in addit ion to the relevant requirements of Chapter 228-5.
Article 228-4.20
Protect ion against f looding
1. Bi lges in machinery spaces and in the steering gear space shal l be provided with a high level alarm in such a way that the accumulat ion of l iquids is detected at normal angles of tr im and heel . The detect ion system shal l in i t ia te an audible and visual alarm in the places where cont inuous watch is maintained and on the working deck.
2. The contro ls of any valve serving a sea in let , a d ischarge below the water l ine or a b i lge in ject ion system shal l be so si ted as to al low adequate t ime for operat ion in case of inf lux of water to the space.
3. Where bi lge pumps star t automatical ly, an indicator shal l be provided to warn i f incoming water exceeds the pump capaci ty or i f the pump is operat ing more f requent ly than would normal ly be expected, in which case smal ler sumps capable of being used for a reasonable period of t ime may be permit ted. Where bi lge pumps start automat ical ly, specia l considerat ion shal l be given to regulat ions to prevent o i l pol lut ion.
Article 228-4.21
Communicat ions
In vessels of 75 metres in length and over one of the two separate means of communicat ion referred to in Art ic le 228-4.07 shal l be a rel iable vocal communicat ion. An addi t ional re l iable means of vocal communicat ion shal l be provided between the wheelhouse and the engineers ' accommodat ion.
Article 228-4.22
Alarm system
1. An alarm system shal l be provided which shal l indicate any faul t requi r ing at tent ion.
2.1 The alarm system shal l be capable of sounding an audible a larm in the machinery space and shal l indicate v isual ly each separate alarm funct ion at a sui table posi t ion. In vessels of less than 45 metres in length, the Administrat ion may al low each alarm to be indicated audibly and visual ly only in the wheelhouse.
2.2 In vessels of 45 metres in length and over the alarm system shal l have a connect ion to the engineers ' cabins through a selector switch to ensure connect ion to one of those cabins and to the engineers ' publ ic rooms, i f any. The
10See the Guidance for Precautions Against Freezing of Fire Mains contained in recommendation 7 of attachment 3 to the Final Act.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-70
Administrat ion may permit al ternat ive arrangements which provide an equivalent measure of safety.
2.3 In vessels of 45 metres in length and over an engineers ' a larm and an alarm to the wheelhouse for persons on watch shal l be act ivated i f an alarm funct ion has not received attent ion within a l imited period as speci f ied by the Administrat ion.
2.4 Audible and visual a larms shal l be act ivated in the wheelhouse for any si tuat ion requir ing act ion by the responsib le person on watch or which should be brought to his at tent ion.
2.5 The alarm system shal l as far as pract icable be designed on the fai l -safe pr inciple.
2.6. Unless except ional ly just i f ied, safety systems shal l be independent of contro l and regulat ion and alarm systems.
3. The alarm system shal l be:
3.1 cont inuously powered with automat ic change-over to a stand-by power supply in case of loss of normal power supply; and
3.2 act ivated by fai lure of the normal power supply.
4.1 The alarm system shal l be able to indicate at the same t ime more than one faul t and the acceptance of any alarm shal l not inhib i t another a larm.
4.2 Acceptance at the posi t ion referred to in paragraph 2.1 of any alarm condit ion shal l be indicated at the posi t ions where i t was shown. Alarms shal l be maintained unt i l they are accepted and the visual indicat ions shal l remain unt i l the faul t has been corrected. Al l a larms shal l automat ical ly reset when the faul t has been rect i f ied.
Article 228-4.23
Special requirements for machinery, boi ler and electr ical instal lat ions
1. In vessels of 75 metres in length and over the main source of e lectr ical power shal l be suppl ied as fo l lows:
1.1 where the electr ical power can normal ly be suppl ied by one generator, there shal l be provided sui table load shedding arrangements to ensure the integr i ty of suppl ies to services required for propulsion, steering and the safety of the vessel . To cover the case of loss of the generator in operat ion or any breakdown result ing in a general power fai lure , there shal l be adequate provis ions for automatic start ing and connect ing to the main switchboard of a stand-by generator of suf f ic ient capacity to permi t propulsion and steering and with automatic restart ing of the essent ia l auxi l iar ies including, where necessary, sequent ia l operat ions. Means may be provided to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion for remote (manual) start ing and connect ion of the stand-by generator to the main switchboard as wel l as means of repeated remote star t ing of essent ia l auxi l iar ies; and
1.2 i f the electr ical power is normal ly suppl ied by more than one generat ing set s imultaneously, there shal l be provis ions, e.g. by load shedding, to ensure that in case of loss of one of these generat ing sets, the remaining ones are kept in operat ion without overload to permit propulsion and steer ing.
2. Where required to be dupl icated, other auxi l iary machinery essent ial to propulsion shal l be f i t ted with automatic change-over devices al lowing transfer to a stand-by machine. An alarm shal l be given on automatic change-over.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
3. Automat ic contro l and alarm systems shal l be provided as fo l lows:
3.1 the control system shal l be such that through the necessary automatic arrangements the services needed for the operat ion of the main propulsion machinery and i ts auxi l iar ies are ensured.
Locks shal l be f i t ted to prevent automat ic start ing or remote contro l where the crew may be endangered or equipment ser iously damaged;
3.2 means shal l be provided to keep the start ing air pressure at the required level where internal combustion engines using th is start ing method are used for main propulsion.
Unless except ional ly just i f ied, the provis ions of MM 16, MM 18, MM 19 and MM 24 of Annex 228-4.A.1 shal l apply;
3.3 an alarm system complying with the provis ions of Art ic le 228-4.22 shal l be provided for a l l important pressures, temperatures, f luid levels etc.; and
3.4 where appropriate an adequate centra l posi t ion shal l be arranged with the necessary a larm panels and instrumentat ion indicat ing any alarmed faul t .
4. Exhaust p ipes and any instruments which may heat to above 220°C shal l be ful ly insulated or protected. Insulat ion shal l be ef fect ive and protected f rom the r isk of penetrat ion of o i l where such r isk exists.
5. Venti lators serving machinery spaces shal l be capable of being shut down from the br idge.
A remote shut-of f device shal l a lso be required for hydraul ic generators, fuel oi l t ransfer pumps, fuel o i l uni t pumps and other s imi lar fuel o i l pumps.
The distr ibut ion of manual f i re ext inguishers in machinery spaces shal l be decided, having regard to the var ious operat ion condit ions of the vessel, to the sat isfact ion of the vessel 's commissioning survey committee, which may prescr ibe addit ional portable f i re ext inguishers.
Article 228-4.24
Safety system
A safety system shal l be provided so that ser ious mal funct ion in machinery or boi ler operat ions, which present an immediate danger, shal l in i t ia te the automat ic shut-down of that part of the plant and an alarm shal l be given. Shut-down of the propulsion system shal l not be automat ical ly act ivated except in cases which could lead to ser ious damage, complete breakdown or explosion. Where arrangements for overr id ing the shut-down of the main propel l ing machinery are f i t ted these shal l be such as to preclude inadvertent act ivat ion. Visual means shal l be provided to show whether or not i t has been act ivated.
PART 5
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO MACHINERY INSTALLATIONS
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-72
Sect ion 1
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
Article 228-4.25
Pressure or h igh- temperature pip ing and apparatus
1. The number of jo ints, f lexib le metal sect ions or expanders in engine exhaust piping shal l be kept to a minimum.
Where engines are mounted on elast ic suspension, exhaust manifold connect ion hoses may be made of specia l rubber with the required mechanical st rength and thermal resistance.
These connection hoses shal l be run through with engine cool ing water in jected into the exhaust gases for the purpose. The insta l lat ion shal l be designed so as to avoid al l r isk of backf low of cool ing water into the engine.
Connect ion hoses shal l be vis ible and easi ly accessib le over thei r ent i re run.
Exhaust p ip ing shal l not cross spaces in which personnel s leep. However, the Administrat ion may al low this piping to cross such spaces provided that the piping in quest ion is insulated, has no joints in the spaces in quest ion and is enclosed in an ai r t ight metal duct with inspect ion t raps.
2. Piping in the engine insta l lat ion shal l be easi ly located ei ther by means of plates placed on or near their f i t t ings or by marks painted in the usual colours def ined in current standards.
The locat ion of fuel o i l p iping shal l be marked in the usual colours.
Valves shal l be f i t ted with ident i fy ing plates stat ing which apparatus or systems they serve, unless their posi t ion on board is such that there can be no doubt as to their purpose.
Marker p lates shal l not be f i t ted to por table devices such as the f lywheel or contro l of the valves in quest ion.
3. Heaters contain ing electr ic heat ing elements shal l be f i t ted wi th safety devices to prevent the pressure f rom r is ing to a value equal to the test pressure of the device mult ip l ied by 1.10 in a l l possib le service condit ions and to prevent any dangerous increase in temperature in any part of the device.
The funct ioning of safety valves or equivalent devices shal l be readi ly detected by the dr iv ing crew.
Flanges, joints or connections in p ip ing in which the relat ive internal pressure may exceed 0.18 N/mm2 shal l , by themselves or due to appropriate protect ion, be sat isfactor i ly secured against the r isk of b lowout.
Arrangements shal l be made to prevent the rupture of narrow pipes such as pipes connected to gauges. The del ivery pipes of inject ion pumps for internal combust ion engines shal l be sheathed against b lowout in the event of a leak.
The same requirements may apply to al l or par t of the boi ler burner supply piping at s imi lar r isk.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-73
Engines of 220 kW and over shal l be f i t ted wi th a device to detect leaks in the piping in question which t r iggers an alarm on the br idge.
Article 228-4.26
Lubricat ion insta l lat ions
1. As a ru le, propulsion engines shal l have two mechanical ly fed lubr icat ing pumps. The capacity of these pumps shal l be such that normal lubr icat ion can be provided i f one of them is out of act ion.
2. Engines of 600 kW or less need only have one mechanical ly fed lubr icat ing pump provided that these insta l lat ions meet the fo l lowing requi rements:
1. a device shal l be f i t ted which automatical ly stops the engine i f the oi l pressure at the engine inlet drops;
2. th is device shal l act ivate at a lower pressure than the pressure which t r iggers the alarm indicat ing dangerously low oi l pressure or abnormal ly high water temperature; i ts sensor shal l be careful ly p laced and the pressure shal l be set to avoid inadvertent operat ion; .
3. th is automatic shut-off device shal l be capable of being bypassed i f the device i tsel f malfunct ions;
4. the insta l lat ion shal l be such that the engine can be readi ly restar ted fo l lowing automat ic shutdown without the need for any dismantl ing.
Article 228-4.27
Cool ing of propulsion machinery and auxi l iar ies
1. There shal l be two means of cool ing propulsion machinery, auxi l iary machinery providing essential services and propulsion machinery oi l or f resh water coolants, i f any, which comply wi th the regulat ions of a recognised classi f icat ion company and the requirements of art ic le 228-4.31, paragraph 3.1.
2. Cool ing pipes shal l be made of steel or any other sui table mater ia l to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Short f lexib le sect ions may be al lowed to prevent excessive stress on piping, for example due to v ibrat ion. Such f lexib le sect ions shal l be insta l led at p laces where they remain clear ly v is ib le and must a lways be si ted above the compartment f loor.
3. Seawater used in cool ing instal lat ions shal l be capable of being drawn from the sea by two low in lets suf f ic ient ly submerged in a l l normal condi t ions and protected by a screen. One of these in lets may also serve as an inlet for the vessel 's other seawater systems, provided that i t is capable of del iver ing suf f ic ient seawater for the services in quest ion and normal funct ioning, at fu l l power, of the propulsion equipment.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-74
Article 228-4.28
Internal combust ion engines
1. Where two or more internal combust ion engines are instal led in the same space, measures shal l be taken to prevent d irect communicat ion between the engine crankcases. Pipes leading direct ly to the crankcase, especia l ly o i l vapour release pipes, where f i t ted, shal l therefore be kept separate. Crankcase oi l return pipes shal l be kept separate over their ent i re length and shal l lead to the recovery tank, below the minimum oi l level in the tank.
2. The internal combustion engine start ing system shal l be such that i t can be pr imed wi thout the need for a source or power external to the vessel.
2.1. Where the star t ing system uses compressed air , the insta l lat ion shal l have a system of at least 2 a ir compressors supplying at least 2 tanks.
However, the Administrat ion may al low one of the two ai r compressors to be replaced by what i t considers to be an equivalent device.
The device considered equivalent to one of the two compressors required may, for example, be a quick star ter which meets al l the necessary safety standards.
The tota l volume of the ai r tanks in a start ing system for internal combust ion engines used for propulsion purposes shal l be such that , once the tanks have been f i l led to their test pressure, i t shal l be possib le to ef fect 12 consecutive start ing operat ions of each reversible engine or 6 start ing operat ions of each non-reversib le engine served by the system under normal service condi t ions without using the ai r compressors.
2.2. I f the internal combust ion engines are star ted electr ical ly, the accumulator bat tery used for the purpose shal l be capable, without being recharged, of ef fect ing the same number of star t ing operat ions of the engines served as required for a compressed air start -up system under al l normal service condit ions.
There shal l be a second start ing device, which may be ei ther another accumulator bat tery a lso avai lable for general service or a quick starter which meets al l the necessary safety standards.
The elements in these bat ter ies shal l be arranged in compl iance with art ic le 228-4.18, paragraph 9.
3. Where the propulsion plant includes supercharged engines, arrangements shal l be made to ensure that , i f one supercharging turbofan is damaged, the engines can cont inue to funct ion under the condit ions referred to in ar t ic le 228-4.03, paragraph 3.1.
4. An ef f ic ient s i lencer shal l be f i t ted to the exhaust gas system.
Where the exhaust gases leaving the si lencer are evacuated below the f reeboard deck, arrangements shal l be made to prevent any seawater accidental ly enter ing the cyl inders v ia the exhaust system.
Article 228-4.29
Steer ing gear
1. Steering gear shal l be f i t ted with an eff ic ient device to immobi l ise the t i l ler in an emergency, especial ly when the auxi l iary means of actuat ing the rudder are act ivated.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-75
I f the steering gear is of the hydraul ic type, the t i l ler may be immobi l ised by closing the hydraul ic ram cut-off valves, i f any.
2. A not ice contain ing simple instruct ions on how to act ivate the auxi l iary means of actuat ing the rudder shal l be displayed in a prominent posi t ion in the steering gear space or in the vic ini ty of the t i l ler.
Contro ls shal l be clear ly marked on the gear.
Article 228-4.30
Hydraul ic insta l lat ions
Where hydraul ic generators are insta l led in the machinery compartment, the pumps serving the generators shal l be sui tably encased and pipe and hose connect ions shal l use casing clamps or any other equivalent means of protect ion.
Sect ion 2
FUEL OIL
Article 228-4.31
Storage and use of fuel oi l
1. Air pipes f rom fuel oi l compartments and tanks shal l end in a swanneck f i t ted with a f ine wire mesh cover and a removable means of c losing. A hole 5 to 6 mm in diameter shal l be pierced in the means of c losing.
The means of c losing may be replaced by a system such as an automatic bal l valve, provided that i t is equal ly ef fect ive.
2. Compartments intended to contain fuel oi l wi th a f lashpoint of less than 60 °C but equal to or greater than 43°C shal l be insulated from adjacent compartments to be used for l iquids or fuel o i l wi th a di f ferent f lashpoint by cofferdams with a ir and sounding pipes.
3. Fuel o i l wi th a f lashpoint of less than 60°C but equal to or greater than 43°C may be used with the permission of the Administrat ion to supply emergency f i re power pump units and auxi l iary engine uni ts not located in machinery spaces of category A.
4. Where appl icable, arrangements appl icable to the storage and distr ibut ion of hel icopter fuel shal l , in pr inciple, comply wi th the MODU Code to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Article 228-4.32
Fuel o i l t ransfer system
1. Dai ly service tanks shal l be f i t ted with a v is ible del ivery over f low device returning to a fuel o i l compartment or tank. These tanks shal l be equipped at the bot tom wi th a drain cock which closes automat ical ly and al lows water and impuri t ies to be removed and shal l be capable of being cleaned inside by hand.
The level inside dai ly service tanks shal l be capable of being readi ly and easi ly checked by the dr iv ing crew.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-76
2. I f the fuel oi l is not centr i fuged before enter ing the dai ly service tanks, a pr imary f i l ter shal l be f i t ted to the f i l l ing system. I f th is system uses a pump, the f i l ter shal l be f i t ted at the pump intake.
Article 228-4.33
Fuel o i l supply plant for internal combust ion propulsion engines
1. Where the dai ly service tank is charged via the inject ion pumps, a main in ject ion pump booster pump and an emergency pump shal l be f i t ted.
The emergency pump shal l comply with the requirements of art ic le 228-4.03, paragraph 3.1.
The emergency pump need not be insta l led provided i t can be readi ly posi t ioned at sea i f the main pump fa i ls.
I f the propulsion plant includes 2 internal combust ion engines each with thei r own in ject ion pump booster pump, the above requirements may be deemed to have been met i f ei ther of the booster pumps may be readi ly connected in order to supply fuel o i l to the in ject ion pumps of engines running simultaneously at hal f power.
Separators and booster pumps not coupled to the propulsion engine shal l be capable of being stopped from a posi t ion outside the space in which they are located and protected f rom incipient f i re in the space.
2. Fuel p ipe connect ion hoses may be used provided that the fol lowing requirements are met:
2.1. the internal diameter of the hose shal l be at least equal to the pipe to which i t is connected:
2.2. hoses shal l be as short as possib le;
2.3. hoses shal l be vis ible over their ent i re length and shal l therefore be placed above the f loor;
2.4. hoses shal l be jo ined to pipes by screw connect ions or systems recognised as equivalent. Press f i ts, wi th or wi thout hose cl ips, shal l not be used on pressure pipes.
3. Drip trays and gulleys
3.1. Drip t rays and gul leys with sui table evacuat ion arrangements shal l be placed:- in f ront of burner casings;- beneath pumps, valves and f i l ters;- beneath fuel oi l tanks and bunkers which do not form part of the vessel 's
structure and beneath al l accessories f rom which fuel oi l may leak;- around internal combustion engines;- beneath heat exchangers, f i l ters, separators and other fuel t reatment uni ts.
3.2. The height of dr ip t ray coamings shal l be commensurate with the quant i ty of fuel which is expected to escape.
The coamings of dr ip t rays placed beneath auxi l iary internal combust ion engines and other equipment shal l be not less than 75 mm.
3.3. Where boi lers are instal led in machinery spaces on tween decks and the boi ler compartment is not separated f rom the machinery space by watert ight
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-77
bulkheads, the tween decks shal l be f i t ted with watert ight coamings not less than 400 mm high.
Where boi lers are mounted on a f loor plate, 200 mm drip trays shal l be placed beneath the burner area and evacuated into a bleed tank f i t ted with an over f low alarm.
3.4. Where low-pressure fuel pipes are f i t ted between two rows of cyl inders in V-engines, dr ip t rays shal l be placed to col lect fuel dr ips.
3.5. Dr ip t rays shal l be f i t ted with sui table evacuat ion to a catch tank.
3.6. Where dr ip t rays and gul leys are evacuated into a b leed tank integrated into the shel l , precautions shal l be taken to prevent f looding of the machinery space in which such dr ip t rays and gul leys are f i t ted i f the bleed tank accidental ly f loods with seawater .
3.7. Arrangements shal l be made to drain fuel o i l or oi ly water which col lects at the bottom of the vessel or in dr ip t rays.
3.8. Specia l requirements for fuel bunkers.
Every precaut ion shal l be taken to l imit leaks via fuel oi l bunker bulkheads adjacent to cargo holds. Drip t rays shal l be placed at the bot tom of bunker bulkheads, in cargo holds and in machinery and boi ler compartments in order to channel any leaks to sumps.
Such dr ip t rays may, however, be dispensed wi th in cargo holds and machinery compartments i f the bunker bulkheads are fu l ly welded.
Article 228-4.34
Special requirements for o i l - f i red auxi l iary machineryand ut i l i ty equipment
Under no circumstances shal l an external f lame be required in order to star t or operate ut i l i ty equipment, such as cooking ovens or baking ovens or auxi l iary machinery, such as generator uni ts, pump units or compressors.
The combust ion chambers of such equipment shal l be f i t ted with sui tably insulated evacuat ion ducts f i t ted with c leaning and servic ing t raps. These ducts shal l end in the open air in a safe manner.
Ut i l i ty equipment shal l be sui tably insulated on external surfaces in contact wi th or in the vic ini ty of the wal ls of the spaces in which they are located, in order to prevent any increase in temperature which might resul t in the igni t ion of combust ible mater ials or the emission of toxic vapours.
Fuel tanks supplying ut i l i ty equipment and auxi l iary machinery shal l , in pr inciple, comply with the requirements appl icable to tanks for fuel with a f lashpoint equal to or greater than 60°C.
The spaces in which ut i l i ty equipment or their fuel tanks are located shal l be wel l vent i lated, with a higher rate of ai r and smoke extract ion, especia l ly alongside the external parts of such equipment which may reach high temperatures dur ing use thereof .
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-78
Sect ion 3
SERVICE INSTALLATIONS
Article 228-4.35
Liquef ied petroleum gas cyl inders for hot-water and heat ing appl iances in gal leys
1. Liquef ied petroleum gas shal l only be used in the gal ley, for hot water and heating. I t shal l not be used for heat ing internal combust ion engines or l ight ing.
2. Gas shal l be stored in cyl inders which are of a standard type or approved for ground insta l lat ions.
3. Cyl inders in use and spare cyl inders shal l be placed on an exposed deck, sheltered f rom the sun, bad weather and shock in a structure wel l -venti lated f rom below. They shal l stand on a f lat surface and be secured using stowage devices which are quick and easy to re lease so that they can be jet t isoned overboard in the event of f i re on board.
4. Cyl inders shal l be f i t ted wi th a c losing tap and expansion valve.
Expansion valves shal l be of a standard type or approved for ground insta l lat ions.
Article 228-4.36
Connect ions, ducts and systems for l iquef ied petro leum gas-f i red hot-water and heating appl iances in gal leys
Cyl inders shal l be connected to the gas distr ibut ion system in accordance wi th current standards.
Article 228-4.37
Location and test ing of l iquefied petroleum gas-f i red hot-water and heat ing appl iances in gal leys
1. L iquef ied petroleum gas- f i red equipment shal l be properly secured to the bulkheads or deck ei ther di rect ly or v ia a mount ing.
Such equipment shal l be instal led in spaces located above the working deck, al though specia l except ions may be made where i t cannot be so accommodated. These spaces shal l be properly vent i lated, especial ly near the f loor, and shal l be constructed such that any leaks cannot spread to other spaces, especial ly those beneath the working deck.
Hot-water appl iances of over 8.7 kW and heat ing appl iances shal l be connected to a duct to evacuate exhaust gases outside.
2. Appl iances with a pi lot f lame shal l be f i t ted with safety devices which shut of f the gas supply i f the pi lot f lame goes out.
3. Distr ibut ion pipes and taps shal l be tested at a pressure of 1.5 t imes the maximum operat ing pressure.
This test shal l be repeated every four years or whenever major modif icat ions are made to the distr ibut ion system.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-79
Article 228-4.38
Special insta l lat ions
1. The Administrat ion may require sui table arrangements for any instal lat ion not provided for in th is chapter which might af fect the safety of the vessel or the persons on board. This shal l apply in par t icular when instal lat ions with elements, tanks or p ip ing contain ing dangerous f lu ids or f lu ids under high pressure or at h igh temperatures are extended.
Such arrangements shal l take account of the nature and type of insta l lat ion, i ts propert ies and the safety standards which i t is required to meet under var ious service condit ions.
2. Flame cut t ing cyl inders and thei r expansion valves shal l be placed on an exposed deck. Fixed ducts, i f any, shal l be metal , have the minimum number of connect ions and be tested in accordance with paragraph 3 of art ic le 228-4.37.
The insta l lat ion shal l be protected against any r isk of f lashback by a sui table device which compl ies with the re levant requirements of current regulat ions for the protect ion of workers.
Notices point ing out the need to c lose cyl inders af ter use shal l be displayed at the stat ions at which they are used.
Sect ion 4
TESTS, TRIALS AND INSPECTIONS
Article 228-4.39
General
The requirements of this sect ion shal l apply to tests, t r ia ls and inspect ions of the machine parts, accessories and p ip ing governed by th is chapter.
Article 228-4.40
Tests on pressure tanks Tests on piping and heat exchangers
Tests on machine parts
Tests on pressure tanks, tests on piping and heat exchangers and tests on machine parts shal l be conducted in accordance with the regulat ions of a recognised classi f icat ion company.
Article 228-4.41
Pre-commissioning tests
1. Al l mechanical ly propel led vessels shal l undergo tests pr ior to commissioning to ensure the propulsion machinery and the other instal lat ions af fect ing the safety of the vessel governed by th is chapter are in proper working order.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-80
2. Prel iminary tests shal l therefore be conducted in port , pr ior to any sea t r ials, in order to ensure, as far as pract icable, that machinery, equipment and instal lat ions have been properly assembled and are in proper working order and to make any in i t ial adjustments requi red. These prel iminary tests shal l include, in part icular, manoeuvring the t i l ler and anchor ing instal lat ions, launching the survival craf t and test ing water t ight doors and pumping arrangements.
3. The main purpose of sea t r ials is to ensure that the propulsion machinery and steering gear are in proper working order. Sea t r ials shal l therefore include turning tests and various manoeuvres to check that the requi rements of art ic le 228-4.13 have been met.
I f the propulsion machinery includes internal combust ion engines, start -up tests on such engines shal l be carr ied out in order to ensure that the start ing requirements of ar t ic le 228-4.28 paragraph 2 have been met, especia l ly the number of sat isfactory consecut ive start ing operat ions required.
Anchors shal l also dropped and hoisted in pert inent condit ions.
Article 228-4.42
Ordinary periodical surveys
1. Regulatory annual surveys shal l include checking that the structure of the vessel, the machinery and the auxi l iary equipment are in a sat isfactory state of repair .
2. I f evidence of wear or ser ious deter iorat ion is found during periodical surveys of the hul l , a detai led invest igat ion may be ordered, which shal l basical ly involve dismant l ing l in ings and claddings, removing cementing or other cover ings, checking the thickness of main metal e lements and hydraul ic test ing of compartments. These checks and tests should preferably be conducted dur ing specia l per iodical surveys carr ied out in accordance with the regulat ions of a recognised classi f icat ion company.
3. Specia l at tent ion shal l be given to in lets, the rudder and the anchor chains during docking surveys.
Article 228-4.43
Special survey procedures
1. Where new machinery, equipment and auxi l iar ies are insta l led on a vessel in service, thei r age may be calculated f rom thei r date of insta l lat ion. The same may apply to second-hand equipment, provided that i t underwent a fu l l inspection, together with regulatory hydraul ic test ing for new equipment, before being commissioned. However, a record of these inspect ions or tests, together with the real age of such equipment, shal l be entered in the ship 's log-book.
2. I f wear or defects are found during the surveys and tests requi red by th is chapter, the necessary repai rs shal l be carr ied out and, i f necessary, a hydraul ic test conducted on complet ion thereof .
The maximum operat ing pressure of boi lers and ai r tanks in part icular may be set at a reduced value compat ib le wi th safety requi rements, in which case safety valves shal l be regulated and checked on the basis of the new value.
3. On complet ion of any survey required by th is chapter, no major change shal l be made to the structural arrangements of the machinery or equipment inspected without not i fy ing the re levant authori ty. In such cases new surveys shal l be carr ied out in accordance with the foregoing.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-81
4. The owner or skipper or thei r agent shal l give the person in charge of the survey any helpful information and, in part icular , shal l report any incidents noted and, i f appl icable, any repairs or changes made since the previous survey.
An engine log shal l be kept in accordance wi th ar t ic le 226-6.02.
5. Tests and tr ials shal l be conducted ei ther by the owner or the owner 's agent or the service company. Arrangements shal l made to guarantee the safety of persons conduct ing or assist ing with such tests and t r ials. Al l means, such as scaf folding or ladders, shal l be made avai lable to persons in charge of surveys so that they can work in safety.
Sect ion 5
DIAGRAMS AND DOCUMENTS
Article 228-4.44
Machinery insta l lat ion diagrams and documents
Vessels shal l have the diagrams and documents speci f ied in Annex 228 -2.A.2.
Article 228-4.45
Bi lge pumping diagram
A detai led diagram of the bi lge pumping arrangements shal l be displayed in a prominent posi t ion in a locat ion in which i t can be readi ly consul ted by the qual i f ied personnel.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-82
ANNEX 228-4.A.1
(Art icle 228-4.03)
PART A: Specific requirements for periodical ly unattended machinery spaces
This annex sets out the condit ions of appl icat ion of paragraph 14 of art ic le 228-4.03 and paragraph 1 of art ic le 228-4.22 and shal l apply to new and exist ing vessels wishing to apply art ic les 5 or 6 of the Decree of 8 July 1977.
The provis ions herein shal l apply in ful l to vessels which i t is intended to operate with periodical ly unat tended machinery spaces. In vessels with constant survei l lance by a s ingle of f icer from a centra l contro l and monitor ing stat ion, they shal l apply in so far as they are appropriate, having regard to the presence of such of f icer.
The degree to which safety procedures are automated shal l be evaluated and an operat ing test shal l be conducted with the machinery space unattended in order to determine i f the vessel meets requirements.
I f the vessel compl ies wi th the regulat ions of a recognised classi f icat ion company appl icable to vessels which i t is intended to operate with periodical ly unattended machinery spaces, this shal l be taken into account during the evaluation and test procedure as fol lows:
1. Vessels shal l be deemed to comply with the requirements of art ic le 228-4.03 paragraph 11.2 i f they are classi f ied by a recognised classi f icat ion company and sat isfy the requirements of an AUT-MS, AUT or AUT-CC mark issued in accordance with the 1985 edit ion or a later edi t ion of the regulat ions of the said company and the provis ions of the fol lowing ar t ic les of these regulat ions:
- 228-4.20 paragraph 1 (the alarm referred to in th is paragraph shal l be separate f rom other a larms, with an indiv idual alarm for each space);
- 228-4.08 paragraph 1.1;- 228-4.23 paragraph 3.1 (mandatory locks); - 228-4.19 paragraph 3;- 228-4.23 paragraph 5 (remote shut-of f device for vent i lators and
hydraul ic generators, d ist r ibut ion of manual f i re ext inguishers);
- 228-4.19, paragraph 4.1 (overr id ing) and 4.2 ( test ing of f i re detect ion system, lamp repeater at door of spaces normal ly c losed).
2. The minister may rule that vessels which have periodical ly unat tended machinery spaces but which sat isfy a di f ferent operat ing mark issued by a recognised classi f icat ion company comply wi th the requi rements of ar t ic le 226-3.01 paragraph 2.2 provided that :
2.1. the questionnaire in th is annex is completed by the owner and stamped by the classi f icat ion company and the regulat ions referred to in the quest ionnaire are compl ied with;
2.2. the test programme required by the classi f icat ion company and the completed questionnaire are returned to the shipping safety centre. The tests def ined in this annex shal l be conducted in the presence and to the sat isfact ion of the shipping safety centre of f icer.
3. For other vessels, the minister shal l evaluate compl iance with the requirements of ar t ic le 228-4.03 paragraph 11.2 on the basis of the re levant provis ions of Sect ion 228.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-83
3.1. The quest ionnaire shal l be completed by the owner and stamped by a recognised classi f icat ion company.
3.2. Documentat ion proving compl iance by the vessel with the re levant provis ions of Sect ion 228 and stamped by a recognised classi f icat ion company shal l be submit ted to the Administrat ion.
3.3. The shipping safety centre shal l draw up the programme of tests required. Tests shal l be conducted in the presence and to the sat isfact ion of the shipping safety centre of f icer.
4. In a l l cases, the shipping safety centre shal l conduct any inspect ions or tests i t deems necessary.
5. The inspect ion and commissioning test log shal l be stamped during annual surveys by the classi f icat ion company in cases 1 and 2 above and by the shipping safety centre in case 3 above.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-84
PART B: Evaluation of automation of vessel safety;inspections and tests
(other than test ing of automated insta l lat ions)
QUESTIONNAIRE
1. General information on vessels which i t is intended to operate with periodical ly unattended machinery spaces.
Name of vessel:
Previous names and f lags:
Type:
Owner:
Classi f icat ion company and automat ion mark:
Previous classi f icat ion company and automat ion mark ( i f any):
Date previous automat ion mark granted:
Shipyard and construct ion no.:
Year of construct ion:
Length (overal l ) :
Gross registered tonnage:
Power of propulsion machinery:
Type of navigat ion planned:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-862. Fire protection
Title yes
no
cont
rol
on
test
on
boar
d
FP. Fire prevention. 1 2 3 4FP 1. Is there a separate space for centrifuges and other heated oil appliances? (226-3.40 paragraph 1.3) ................................................................................................FP 2. Are centrifuges fitted with a chamber overflow alarm? (226-3-40 paragraph 1.3) .....................................................................................................................................Are centrifuges fitted with a device which automatically shuts off their oil or fuel supply in the event of accidental evacuation? (226-3.40 paragraph 1.3) ................FP 3. Is there a separate space for boilers in which the heated fluid is combustible? (226-3.44 paragraph 5) (1)......................................................................Are there one or more waste heat boilers in which the heated fluid is combustible? (226-3.44 paragraph 5)............................................................................FP 4. Are there separate spaces for hydraulic generators? (226-3.40 paragraph 1.5) (1)................................................................................................................................FP 5. Is the alarm device on electric fuel or oil heaters independent of the regulating alarm? (226-3.40 paragraph 1.4).................................................................FP 6. Are all exhaust, smoke and vapour ducts, including expansion flanges and joints and all other instruments which might rise to temperatures of over 220°C insulated? (226-3.44 paragraph 6).................................................................................Is the insulation suitably protected from the risk of oil penetration? (226-3.44 paragraph 6).......................................................................................................................Describe the means used to prevent penetration (226-3.44 paragraph 6) ...............FP 7. Are plate flanges on fuel oil pipes fitted with anti-splash collars? (226-3.18 paragraph 4).......................................................................................................................FP 8. Do injector pipes to main engines have sheaths or equivalent protection? (226-3.18 paragraph 4) (2)...............................................................................................FP 9. Do injector pipes to auxiliary engine (s) have sheaths or equivalent protection? (226-3.18 paragraph 4) (2)..........................................................................FP 10. Not usedFP 11. Have suitable precautions been taken to prevent the rupture of narrow pipes? (226-3.18 paragraph 4)........................................................................................FP 12. Have suitably deep drip trays been placed around equipment from which fuel or oil may escape (at the foot of fuel oil bunkers or tanks, around centrifuges etc.)? (226-3.02)................................................................................................................FP 13. Are the outlets from these drip trays linked to a leak recovery (or ballast) tank? (226-3.02) (4)..........................................................................................................FP 14. Not usedFP 15. Is there a device to detect risk of explosion in the crankcase of internal combustion engines:- by detecting local rises in temperature? (226-3.40 paragraph 2.4) ........................- by checking the atmosphere? (226-3.40 paragraph 2.4)..........................................FP 16. Not usedFP 17. Not usedFD. Fire detection 1 2 3 4FD 1. Does the fire detection system in machinery spaces comply with the requirements of article 226-3.40 paragraph 2? (6).......................................................FD 2. Number and types of detectors installed? (226-3.40 paragraph 2)- ion (7)...............................................................................................................................- thermal..............................................................................................................................- thermo differential...........................................................................................................- flame.................................................................................................................................- other..................................................................................................................................FD 3. Not usedFD 4. Are there adequate means on board for testing each detector (rod, bar etc.)? (226-3.40 paragraph 2.3)......................................................................................FD 5. Can the regulator for each sensor (if any) be identified and locked? (226-3.02)....................................................................................................................................
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-87
FD 6. Is the area protected divided into several zones?.............................................Number?.............................................................................................................................Zone delimitation...............................................................................................................FD 7. Are the zones indicated on the bridge? (226-3.40 paragraph 2) .....................FD 8. Not usedFD 9. Are lamp repeaters of indicators showing that detectors are operating in closed spaces fitted near doors normally closed to the sea? (226-3.40 paragraph 2)..........................................................................................................................................FD 10. Are detectors in welding workshops fitted with fixed devices to override them temporarily? (226-3.40 paragraph 2.1)................................................................If so, is the maximum override period limited to thirty minutes? (226-3.40 paragraph 2) ......................................................................................................................FF. Fire fighting 1 2 3 4FF 1. Can engine ventilation be stopped from the bridge? (226-3.44 paragraph 7)FF 2. Are controls for stopping oil pumps, centrifuges, heating ventilators, hydraulic generators and the control for closing valves on oil piping grouped conveniently together? (226-3.44 paragraph 7) ..........................................................FF 3. Can a fire pump be started from the bridge and from the fire safety station, where there is one? (226-3.40 paragraph 3.2.1)..........................................................FF 4. If not, is it planned to keep the fire mains permanently under pressure, to be automatically maintained with a main fire pump when used? (226-3.40 paragraph 3.2.2) FF 5 Are the controls for fixed extinguishing installations conveniently located and centralised? (226-3.40 paragraph 3.1) ..........................................................................
3. Propulsion. Remote control
PR 1 2 3 4PR 1. If the remote control power fails- is propulsion maintained? (226-3.46 paragraph 5) (8)..............................................- does the emergency shutoff stop the thrust of the propeller irrespective of the reason for loss of remote control? (226-3.46 paragraph 1.2) ....................................PR 2 Not usedPR 3 Not usedPR 4. Is the number of unsuccessful consecutive propulsion engine starting operations limited? (226-3.46 paragraph 7)..................................................................PR 5. Do reversible engines have an individual low starting air pressure alarm or a starting air pressure indicator on the bridge? (226-3.46 paragraph 7) ..................PR 6. Is there a means of automatically maintaining the propulsion engine starting air pressure at an adequate level? (2263.46 paragraph 7)PR 7. Where a single electricity generator normally supplies the power, is there full, automatic start-up of installations following failure of the generator? (226-3.44 paragraph 1.1) (10)..................................................................................................PR 8. Is there a means of load shedding: a) if the generator in service overloads? (226-3.44 paragraph 1.1). .........................b) if one of the generators in service breaks down? (226-3.44 paragraph 1.2) .......PR 9. If there is no means of load shedding, what other measures have been taken to ensure a continuous power supply to services necessary for the propulsion, steering and safety of the vessel? (226-3.44 paragraph 1.2) ................PR 10. Does the device for overriding emergency propulsion machinery shutoff devices from the bridge (if any) comply with the following: (226-45)- cannot be activated inadvertently.................................................................................- "emergency shutoff overridden" indication maintained pending intervention by personnel in charge
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-884. Machinery. Miscellaneous items
MM 1 2 3 4MM 1. Does a malfunction in the sensor circuits trigger an alarm? (226-3.43 paragraph 2.5)...................................................................................................................MM 2. Is the alarm self-checking?..................................................................................If not, does it have a test sequence initiated manually? (226-3.43 paragraph 2.5)MM 3. Can the alarm be switched to engineers' public rooms and to each engineer's cabin? (226-3.43 paragraph 2.2).................................................................MM 4. Is an alarm given to the engineers or the bridge if no local action is taken within a limited period of time following the alarm? (226-3.43 paragraph 2.3) ........MM 5. Is the alarm automatically connected to a reserve power supply if the normal power supply fails? (226-3.43 paragraph 3.1).................................................MM 6. Is there an individual warning lamp on the bridge for the audible alarm given when machinery spaces below the maximum load waterline flood? (226-3.41 paragraph 1) (11)......................................................................................................MM 7. If a bilge pump starts automatically, is there a device to warn that the incoming liquid exceeds the pump capacity or that the pump is operating more frequently than would normally be expected? (226-3.41 paragraph 3) .....................MM 8. If a bilge pump starts automatically, are there arrangements to comply with the current International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution of the Sea by Oil? (226-3.41 paragraph 3)............................................................................................If so, what arrangements (use a separate sheet if necessary). .................................MM 9. Are controls for closing any valves serving seawater inlets or discharges below the load waterline located so that there is sufficient time to operate them if the space floods? (226-3.41 paragraph 2)....................................................................What measures have been taken (use a separate sheet if necessary).MM 10. Is it possible to communicate with engineers from the bridge, even in the event of a general power failure? (226-3.42)................................................................MM 11. Are auxiliary engines which start up automatically or by remote control fitted with a safety device which prevents start-up if the turning gear is engaged? (226-3.44 paragraph 4).....................................................................................................MM 12. Are centrifuges which start up automatically or by remote control fitted with a safety device to prevent start-up if the lid is not closed? (226-3.44 paragraph 4).......................................................................................................................MM 13. Has a study been carried out into potential malfunctions of safety devices in order to ensure that there is no risk of minor damage such as loss of electrical power to safety devices shutting down all propulsion? (226-3.46 paragraph 1) (12).............................................................................................................................................MM 14. Are safety devices independent of regulation control and alarm circuits? (226-3.43 paragraph 2.6).................................................................................................MM 15. Are the following centrifuges self-cleaning: (226-3.39 paragraph 5) - heavy fuel centrifuges?..................................................................................................- DO centrifuges?..............................................................................................................- oil centrifuges?................................................................................................................
4. MACHINERY - MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS - MM (cont.)
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-89
MM 16: Electrical power generation control devices Diesel engines (does not apply to emergency generators) (226-3.44 paragraph 3.2)
Parameter
Ala
rm
Mut
ual
resc
ueP
rote
ctio
n
Comments 1 2 3 4
1. Cooling of cylinders:- general outlet temperature.....................- top-up tank level.......................................- pressure.....................................................- circulation pump.......................................
HLL
Xwhere circuit serves several units
2. Lubricating oil:- temperature...............................................- pressure.....................................................- very low pressure.....................................- density of oil fog in crankcase or temperature of engine bearing or equivalent....................................................
HL
H
X
preferably before coolantautomatic shut-down
for engines of 2500 kW and over or with cylinder bore of over 300 mm
3. Fuel- leak of high pressure fuel.......................- daily service tank level............................- daily service tank with automatic filling
- temperature or viscosity between engine(s)- daily service tank temperature...............- settling tank temperature........................
XL
L
HLHH
X
X
between fuel pumps and injectorslarge overflow device must be fitted
where booster pump serves several units
(heavy fuel)alarm required (unless justification)
4. Miscellaneous:- speed (for engines of 220 kW and over)
Hno alarm required if protection device is manually rearmed locally
- starting air pressure................................. L X unless otherwise specified
MM 18: Electrical power generation control devices Generators - electrical circuits (does not apply to emergency generators) (226-3.44
paragraph 3.2)
Parameter
Ala
rm
Mut
ual
resc
ueP
rote
ctio
n Comments 1 2 3 4
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS1. Miscellaneous- voltage in power circuit........................... L
if not detectable elsewhere
2. Failsafe and alarm circuit:- voltage....................................................... L X
automatic changeover to emergency supply
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-90
MM 19: Internal combustion propulsion engine control devices (226-3.44 paragraph 3.2)
Parameter
Ala
rm
Mut
ual
resc
ueP
rote
ctio
n
1 2 3 4
1) COOLING OF CYLINDERS1. Temperatures:- general engine outlet (or outlet from each cylinder)..............................................
2. Pressure or delivery:- engine inlet...............................................
H
L
X
X
automatic reduction of load or equivalentautomatic reduction of load or equivalent
3. Top-up:- tank level...................................................4. Circulation pump....................................
LX X
2) REFRIGERATION SEAWATERPressure:- joint pump delivery .................................. L3) COOLING OF PISTONS1. Temperatures, delivery or pressure: - pressure in manifold................................ L- temperature at each piston outlet.......... H or: low delivery at outlet
from each piston and high temperature at the manifold
- low pressure or delivery..........................- high temperature......................................
XX
automatic reduction in load or equivalent. Sensor may be sensor already used for alarm
2. Top-up:- tank level................................................... L3. Circulation pumps.................................. X X4) COOLING OF INJECTORS1. Temperatures:- general engine outlet............................... H2. Pressure:- engine inlet............................................... L
provision to lock alarm for manoeuvring if necessary
3. Top-up:- tank level................................................... L4. Circulation pumps.................................. X X5) LUBRICATING OILA. Lubrication of main engine1. Temperature:- coolant inlet.............................................. H X
automatic reduction of load or equivalent
- engine inlet............................................... L unless seawater is recycled
- density of oil fog in crankcase or temperature of engine bearings or equivalent (for engines of 2250 kW and over or with bore of over 300 mm)........... H X
automatic shut-down or reduction in pressure
2. Pressure:- loss of load at filters................................- engine inlet...............................................
HL
VL X automatic shut-down (common sensor allowed)
3. Oil scavenger tank (or crankcase):- level............................................................ L4. Pumps X X
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-91
B. Lubrication of cylinders- daily service tank level............................- lubricator feed...........................................
LL X automatic reduction in load
or equivalentC. Lubrication of reducers, reversing drives, clutches and turbo compressors
(does not apply to turbo compressors with integrated lubrication)
1. Temperatures:- each engine bearing................................ H
not required for antifriction bearings. Required for sliding bearings of any indispensable turbo blowers
- coolant inlet.............................................. H2. Pressure:- inlet apparatus supplied.......................... L
VL X
automatic shut-down or disengagement if necessary (common sensor allowed)
3. Levels- tank loaded...............................................- return capacity..........................................
LL
4. Pumps ..................................................... X XD. Other oil circuits (camshaft, rocker arms etc.)1. Pressure:- apparatus inlet.......................................... L X
automatic shut-down (unless justification)
2. Oil tank:- level............................................................ L3. Pumps...................................................... X XE. Lost-oil lubrication- temperature of rocker arms....................
- daily service tank level............................
H
L
unless arms mounted on rolling bearing
6) AIR SUPPLY SPEED AND LOAD1. Exhaust gas temperatures:- per cylinder (deviation from average)...
LH Xautomatic reduction of load or equivalent
2. Scavenging chambers (or spaces beneath pistons):- temperature of each chamber (fire) H X
automatic reduction of load or equivalent
3. Engine speed.......................................... H X (in case of disengageable engines or controllable pitch propellers)
7) FUEL1. Temperature:- daily service tank.....................................- settling tank..............................................
H H
alarm required (unless justification)
- after heater............................................... LH or where no viscosity, alarm locked, if necessary, on automatic change of fuel
2. Pressure:- at end of fuel line (engine inlet).............
L3. Level: - of each daily service tank.......................- daily service tank with automatic filling
L
Xlarge overflow device required
4. Booster pumps........................................ X X5. Leaks from high-pressure circuit......... X between pumps and
injectors
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-928) STARTING AIR - COMPRESSORSPressure:- compressor lubricating oil (unless pick-up lubrication) ............................................ L X
automatic shut-down (same sensor may be used for both functions)
- air in tanks................................................. L individual alarm in wheelhouse
MM 24: Other control devices (226-3.44 paragraph 3.2)
Parameter
Ala
rm
Mut
ual
resc
ueP
rote
ctio
n
1 2 3 4
1. Instrumentation air (regulation, inspection, control)
Temperature:- compressor air outlet ..............................
H3. Fire........................................................... X individual alarm in
wheelhouse4. Shaft(s):- temperature of each stop (lead side)....- stern tube tank level................................ H
L5. Controllable pitch propeller:- oil temperature
- oil pressure...............................................- oil pump.....................................................- oil tank level..............................................
H
L
LX
preferably before coolant
6. Steering gear:- oil tank level.............................................. L7. Other hydraulic circuits:- tank level................................................... L- pressure.....................................................- pumps........................................................
LX X
only applies to utility auxiliaries
- temperature............................................... H if risk of heating due to lack of cooling
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-93
8. Engine sump(s):- level of each sump monitored................- automatic bilge pump: incoming water exceeds pump
capacity or pump operating too long. .oil in waste...................................................
H
XX
individual alarms
discharge to sea shut down automatically
9. Bridge remote control:- voltage.......................................................- compressed air pressure........................- control oil pressure..................................
LLL
remote control malfunction must trigger individual alarm in wheelhouse
(1) Check that safety committee has no objections to conditions of installation of this apparatus.(2) Run engine with one injector connection removed and sheath reassembled and check for alarm.
Repeat test with one pump connection removed. (3) Not used(4) Check piping diameter and gradient are adequate. (5) Not used(6) Check detection system as follows: burn 500 g of oakum soaked in 25 cm 3 of diesel in a drip tray
measuring 30 cm by 15 cm high fitted with a lid, both of which (tray and lid) are fitted with insulated handles. Conduct several tests in the machinery spaces defined in article 226-1.02 (paragraph 48) and record the results. Detection should occur within the shortest time possible and no more than three minutes irrespective of the operating conditions of the machinery and de ventilation in port or at sea. Tests shall be conducted at selected points, to the satisfaction of the local shipping department so as to ensure that detection is efficient at all points of the spaces protected.
(7) Preliminary test of each ion detector using specially designed equipment as defined in paragraph 1.1.5 "Miscellaneous tests" of testing of automated installations.
(8) With propulsion in service, check that propulsion is maintained when remote control supply is cut until local control is in operation.
(9) Engage stop and check that automatic balancing occurs the first time, then override using the instrument provided on the bridge for the purpose and check that an alarm is given when balancing should have occurred.
(10) With the vessel at operating speed (test under real conditions), make the generator in service stop by simulating, for example, action on failsafes. The electrical power supply should be restored automatically, as should the operation of essential auxiliaries.
(11) Full-scale test, for example: by discharging a fire hose in the hold. (12) With the vessel under way, remove the propulsion machinery safety circuit fuses and record the reaction.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-1
PART C: Testing of automated instal lat ions
Tests shal l be conducted under the condit ions def ined in 1 or 2, as appl icable, before commissioning any vessel under the French f lag which i t is intended to operate with per iodical ly unat tended machinery spaces or wi th constant survei l lance by a s ingle of f icer f rom a central contro l and machinery monitor ing stat ion to which al l a larms and commands are routed.
1. Operat ing test with unattended machinery spaces
1.1. Pre-test condit ions
1.1.1. Indiv idual test ing of a larm and safety c ircui ts with checks on audible and visual s ignals; in pr incip le, this test shal l be conducted direct ly by varying the parameter in quest ion or , where th is is impract icable, by s imulat ion. I f , necessary, analogue sensors may be tested using an electr ical s ignal set to the control threshold. Check in part icular the impact on propulsion of loss of power to safety c ircui ts.
1.1.2. Indiv idual test ing of automat ic contro ls of var ious apparatus which can be operated in dock under normal condit ions of use dur ing operat ion of the vessel, such as:
- centr i fuges or s imi lar apparatus; - automat ic b i lge pumping arrangements; - emergency recovery of dupl icated ut i l i ty auxi l iar ies (mutual rescue of
pumps);- detect ion of h igh-pressure fuel leaks in d iesel generators, boi ler
burner hoses etc.
1.1.3. Test ing of system to muster engineers in the event of a malfunct ion.
1.1.4. Test ing of e lectr ical power product ion:- check operat ing condit ions in the event of a general power fai lure:
automat ic star t-up of generators, automatic start -up of auxi l iar ies etc. ;- check operat ing condit ions in the event of generator overload: load
shedding, automat ic start -up of generators etc.
1.1.5. Miscel laneous tests:- check f i re detect ion equipment using a mater ia l which produces smoke,
aerosol part ic les or any other phenomenon associated with incip ient f i re to which the detector is designed to react (see note (7) of the questionnaire);
- check the f i re detect ion system is in proper working order ( test ing devices for var ious instruments, faul t or normal power fa i lure a larm etc.) ; for test procedure see note (6) of the quest ionnaire;
- check f i re detect ion is in proper working order in engine scavenging spaces;
- check cont inui ty of steam production in motor ised vessels where cont inui ty is needed in order to heat the fuel supplying the propulsion engine(s);
- test propulsion remote contro l device (with instal lat ions in operat ion).
1.1.6. Test di rect control of propulsion (with insta l lat ions in operat ion and remote contro l overr idden) wi th orders given from the contro l stat ion normal ly used at sea and t ransmit ted to local operator(s).
1.1.7. Once the skipper has def ined a safety procedure for al l eventual i t ies, the operat ing test on unattended machinery spaces can commence with the machinery in operat ion as for normal operat ion at sea. This means sett ing the propulsion machinery for ful l away once the speed has been increased and, i f necessary, the fuel has been changed and with:- auxi l iar ies normal ly in service at sea operat ing: turbo-electr ic uni ts,
generators, boi ler drum, auxi l iary boi ler, refr igerators, separators, cargo insta l lat ion etc. ;
- reserve auxi l iar ies set ;- machinery bi lges pumping;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-2
- al l alarms reset (not overr idden); - alarm transfers to wheelhouse operat ing;- any recording devices provided in order to comply wi th art ic le 228-4.03
(paragraph 15) operat ing;- internal means of communication operat ing.
1.2. Test condit ions and procedure.Except where intervent ion is needed to respond to a larms, only the fol lowing persons shal l be admit ted to the machinery space during the test:- the shipping safety centre of f icer;- the agent of the classi f icat ion company where the vessel is to receive a mark
granted by the company to vessels operated wi th per iodical ly unat tended machinery spaces;
- the shipbui lder 's agent and the purchaser 's agent ( the intervent ion of e i ther of whom renders the test inconclusive) .
However, the shipping safety centre of f icer may al low or request the presence of other persons deemed necessary for personnel safety i f the insta l lat ions are completely new. The br idge watch and any intervention required shal l be carr ied out by the relevant personnel, in the usual numbers and with the usual qual i f icat ions. This personnel shal l record alarms as they occur i f there is no automat ic recording. In order for tests to be as real ist ic as possible, planned intervent ion procedures shal l be str ict ly adhered to; for example, the engineers advised in accordance with the planned procedure shal l respond to a larms and take the measures needed, not the persons already present in the machinery space, except in an emergency.
1.2.1. Once the pre- test condi t ions are in p lace, the funct ioning of al l insta l lat ions shal l be checked under normal operat ion condit ions, i .e. wi th no watch to monitor or operate machinery for a per iod of t ime in pr incip le of not less than 6 hours. The fo l lowing procedure might, for example, be adopted:- fu l l away for 3 hours, then reduce speed to "fu l l ahead". Remain in th is
posi t ion for 5 minutes, then stop for 15 minutes. Use remote contro l to take up the fol lowing successive posi t ions, remaining 2 minutes in each: s low astern, hal f astern, fu l l astern, ful l ahead, hal f ahead, stop, ful l astern, stop, dead slow ahead, hal f ahead, then increase speed to ful l away.
The fol lowing shal l be carr ied out dur ing the test:- turning tests at maximum t i l ler angle so as to check regulated parameters
remain stable; - a manoeuvre to ensure that the direct ion of thrust of the propel ler can be
reversed within a sui table period of t ime, so as to check the way of the vessel, start ing f rom ahead to maximum operat ing speed. This manoeuvre shal l be referred to hereinafter as "emergency stop".
The t ime needed to check the way of the vessel shal l be recorded.
The emergency stop shal l be control led f rom the br idge contro l stat ion and shal l be executed when the vessel is ful l away without f i rst changing the auxi l iar ies normal ly in service when fu l l away.
On complet ion of the 6-hour test , one of the propulsion machinery o i l pumps shal l be cut in order to check that the reserve pump automat ical ly starts up and pr imes and the corresponding alarm appears;- one of the generators shal l be cut ( i f the electr ical power is normal ly
suppl ied by several generators operat ing in paral lel s imultaneously) in order to check that the other generators cont inue to operate without overloading and that the propulsion, steering and safety of the vessel are maintained.
1.2.2. The shipping safety centre of f icer shal l record the fol lowing during the test :- the stabi l i ty of the main operat ing parameters not recorded automat ical ly;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-3
- any alarms, monitor ing their level , just i f icat ion ( inadvertent or t rue alarms) and f requency. The shipping safety centre off icer shal l decide whether or not they undermine the val id i ty of the test ;
- the electr ic i ty consumed at ful l away;- any disturbances observed during the course of the above tests to the
propulsion or auxi l iar ies or v i tal safety devices (steering, internal and external s ignal l ing, radio etc.) .
During extended stoppage of the propulsion machinery (15 minutes or more for large vessels, mainly in order to check the operat ion of regulators), check that important funct ions such as steam and electr ic i ty product ion are maintained.
1.3. Test resul ts.
The resul ts of test ing of unat tended machinery shal l be noted in a test report.
The conclusions and recommendat ions of the survey commit tee shal l be at tached to the vessel 's commissioning survey report.
2. Operat ing test with permanent survei l lance by a s ingle of f icer f rom a centra l machinery contro l and monitor ing stat ion.
2.1. The pre-test condit ions set out in paragraph 1.1 shal l be met, fol lowed by test ing of the device indicat ing that the watch of f icer is unavai lable.
2.2. The test procedure set out in paragraph 1.2 shal l be sat isf ied in so far as i t is appl icable; however, the watch off icer shal l be present at the central control and monitor ing stat ion dur ing the test , ready to intervene as for under normal operat ing condit ions.
2.3. The test resul ts and the conclusions and recommendations of the survey commit tee shal l be noted as stated in paragraph 1.3.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-4
CHAPTER 228-5
FIRE PREVENTION, FIRE DETECTION,FIRE EXTINCTION AND FIRE FIGHTING
(See also Article 228-3.40)
PART 1
GENERAL
Article 228-5.01
General
1. One of the fo l lowing methods of protect ion shal l be adopted in accommodat ion and service spaces:
1.1. Method IF: The construct ion of a l l internal div is ional bulkheads of non-combust ible "B" or "C" c lass div is ions general ly without the insta l lat ion of a detect ion or spr inkler system in the accommodat ion and service spaces; or
1.2. Method I IF: The f i t t ing of an automat ic spr inkler and f i re a larm system for the detect ion and ext inct ion of f i re in a l l spaces in which f i re might be expected to or ig inate, general ly with no restr ict ion on the type of internal d iv is ional bulkheads; or
1.3. Method I I IF: The f i t t ing of an automat ic f i re a larm and detect ion system in al l spaces in which a f i re might be expected to or ig inate, general ly with no restr ict ion on the type of internal d iv is ional bulkheads, except that in no case shal l the area of any accommodat ion space or spaces bounded by an "A" or "B" c lass div is ion exceed 50 m 2 . However the Administrat ion may increase this area for publ ic spaces up to 75 m 2 .
2. The requirements for the use of non-combust ib le mater ia ls in construct ion and insulat ion of the boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces, contro l stat ions, etc. , and the protect ion of stairway enclosures and corr idors shal l be common to al l three methods.
Art ic le 228-5.02
Defini t ions
1. "Non-combust ib le mater ial" means a mater ia l which nei ther burns nor g ives of f f lammable vapours in suf f ic ient quant i ty for sel f - igni t ion when heated to approximately 750°C, th is being determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code 1 1 . Any other mater ial is a combustible mater ial .
2. A "standard f i re test" is one in which specimens of the relevant bulkheads or decks are exposed in a test furnace to temperatures corresponding approximately to the standard t ime-temperature curve. The test methods shal l be in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code .
3. ""A" c lass div is ions" are those div is ions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with the fol lowing:
11 International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures (FTP code) adopted by the IMO by resolution MSC.61 (67).
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-5
3.1. they shal l be constructed of steel or other equivalent mater ial ;
3.2. they shal l be sui tably st i f fened;
3.3. they shal l be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of smoke and f lame to the end of the one-hour standard f i re test ; and
3.4. they shal l be insulated with approved non-combust ib le mater ia ls such that the average temperature of the unexposed side wi l l not r ise more than 139°C above the or iginal temperatures, nor wi l l the temperature, at any one point , including any jo int , r ise more than 180°C above the or ig inal temperature, with in the t ime l isted below:
3.5. The Administrat ion shal l require a test of a prototype bulkhead or deck to ensure that i t meets the above requirements for bulkhead integri ty and temperature r ise , in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code .
4. "B" c lass div is ions" are those div is ions formed by bulkheads, decks, cei l ings or l in ings which comply with the fol lowing:
4.1. they shal l be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of f lame to the end of the f i rst one-half hour of the standard f i re test ;
4.2. they shal l have an insulat ion value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side wi l l not r ise more than 139 °C above the or iginal temperature, nor wi l l the temperature at any one point , including any jo int, r ise more than 225°C above the or iginal temperature, wi th in the t ime l isted below:
Class "B-15" 15 minutes;Class "B-0" 0 minutes;
4.3. they shal l be constructed of approved non-combust ib le mater ia ls and al l mater ials enter ing into the construct ion and erect ion of "B" c lass div is ions shal l be non-combust ib le wi th the except ion that combustible veneers may be permit ted provided they meet the relevant requirements of this chapter.
The Administrat ion shal l require a test of a prototype div is ion to ensure that i t meets the above requirements for integr i ty and temperature r ise in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code .
5. "C" c lass div is ions" are those div is ions constructed of approved non-combust ible mater ia ls. They need meet no requi rements re lat ive to the passage of smoke and f lame nor the l imit ing of temperature r ise. Combustible veneers are permit ted provided they meet the other requirements of Chapter 228-5.
6. "F" c lass div is ions" are those div is ions formed by bulkheads, decks, cei l ings or l in ings which comply with the fol lowing:
6.1. they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of f lame to the end of the f irst one-half hour of the standard f ire test; and
6.2. they shal l have an insulat ion value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side wi l l not r ise more than 139 °C above the or iginal temperature, nor wi l l the temperature at any one point , including any jo int, r ise more than 225°C above the or iginal temperature, up to the end of the f i rst one-half hour of the standard f i re test;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-6
The Administrat ion shal l require a test of a prototype div is ion to ensure that i t meets the above requirements for integr i ty and temperature r ise in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code .
7. "Continuous "B" c lass cei l ings or l in ings" are those "B" c lass cei l ings or l in ings which terminate only at an "A" or B" c lass div is ion.
8. "Steel or other equivalent mater ia l" means steel or any mater ial which, by i tsel f or due to insulat ion provided, has structural and integr i ty propert ies equivalent to steel at the end of the appl icable f i re exposure to the standard f i re test (e.g. a luminium al loy with appropriate insulat ion).
9. "Low f lame spread" means that the surface thus described wi l l adequately restr ict the spread of f lame, th is being determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.
10. "Accommodat ion spaces" are those spaces used for publ ic spaces, corr idors, lavator ies, cabins, of f ices, hospi ta ls, c inemas, games and hobbies rooms, pantr ies contain ing no cooking appl iances and simi lar spaces.
11. "Publ ic spaces" are those port ions of the accommodat ion spaces which are used for hal ls, dining rooms, lounges, and simi lar permanent ly enclosed spaces.
12. "Service spaces" are those spaces used for gal leys, pantr ies contain ing cooking appl iances, lockers and store-rooms, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces, and simi lar spaces and t runks to such spaces.
13. "Control stat ions" are those spaces in which the vessel 's radio or main navigat ion equipment or the emergency source of power is located, or where the f i re recording or f i re control equipment is centra l ised.
14. "Machinery spaces of category A" are those spaces which contain internal combust ion type machinery used ei ther:
14.1 for main propulsion; or
14.2 for other purposes where such machinery has in the aggregate a tota l power output of not less than 375 ki lowatts,
or which contain any oi l- f ired boiler or fuel oi l unit, and trunks to such spaces.
15. "Machinery spaces" are those machinery spaces of category A and al l other spaces containing propulsion machinery, boi lers, fuel oi l uni ts, steam and internal combust ion engines, generators, steer ing gear, major electr ical machinery, oi l f i l l ing stat ions, refr igerat ing, stabi l is ing, vent i lat ing and air condit ioning machinery and simi lar spaces, and t runks to such spaces.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-7
PART 2
FIRE SAFETY MEASURES IN VESSELS OF 60 METRESIN LENGTH (L ) AND OVER
Article 228-5.03
Structure
1. The hul l , superstructure, st ructural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shal l be constructed of steel or other equivalent mater ial except as otherwise speci f ied in paragraph 4.
2. The insulat ion of aluminium al loy components of "A" or "B" c lass div is ions, except structures which, in the opin ion of the Administrat ion, are non-load bear ing, shal l be such that the temperature of the structural core does not r ise more than 200°C above the ambient temperature at any t ime dur ing the appl icable f i re exposure to the standard f i re test .
3. Special at tent ion shal l be given to the insulat ion of aluminium al loy components of columns, stanchions and other structural members requi red to support survival craft stowage, launching and embarkat ion areas, and "A" and "B" c lass div is ions, to ensure:
3.1. that for such members support ing survival craf t areas and "A" c lass div is ions the temperature r ise l imitat ion speci f ied in paragraph 2 shal l apply at the end of one hour; and
3.2. that for such members required to support "B" c lass div is ions, the temperature r ise l imi tat ion speci f ied in paragraph 2 shal l apply at the end of one half -hour.
4. Crowns and casings of machinery spaces of category A shal l be of steel construct ion adequately insulated and any openings therein shal l be sui tably arranged and protected to prevent the spread of f i re.
Article 228-5.04
Bulkheads within the accommodat ion and service spaces
1. With in the accommodation and service spaces, al l bulkheads required to be "B" c lass div is ions shal l extend f rom deck to deck and to the shel l or other boundar ies, unless cont inuous "B" c lass cei l ings or l in ings, or both, are f i t ted on both sides of the bulkheads in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the cont inuous cei l ing or l in ing.
2. Method IF. Al l bulkheads not required by this or other art ic les of this par t to be "A" or "B" c lass div is ions shal l be at least "C" c lass div is ions.
3. Method I IF. There shal l be no restr ict ion on the construct ion of bulkheads not required by th is or other art ic les of th is part to be "A" or "B" c lass div is ions except in indiv idual cases where "C" c lass bulkheads are required in accordance with table 1 in ar t ic le 228-5.07.
4. Method I I IF. There shal l be no restr ict ion on the construct ion of bulkheads not required by this or other art ic les of th is part to be "A" or "B" c lass div is ions. In no case shal l the area of any accommodat ion space or spaces bounded by a cont inuous "A" or "B" c lass div is ion exceed 50 m 2 , except in indiv idual cases where "C" c lass bulkheads are requi red in accordance with table 1 in art ic le 228-
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-8
5.07. However the Administrat ion may increase th is area for publ ic spaces up to 75 m 2 .
Article 228-5.05
Protect ion of sta irways and l i f t t runks in accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stat ions
1. Stairways which penetrate only a s ingle deck shal l be protected at least at one level by at least "B-0" c lass div is ions and sel f-c losing doors. L i f ts which penetrate only a s ingle deck shal l be enclosed by "A-0" c lass div is ions wi th steel doors at both levels. Stairways and l i f t t runks which penetrate more than a single deck shal l be enclosed by at least "A-0" c lass div is ions and protected by sel f -c losing doors at al l levels.
2. All stairways shall be of steel frame construction except where the Administration permits the use of other equivalent material .
Article 228-5.06
Doors in f i re-resistant div is ions
1. Doors shal l have resistance to f i re as far as pract icable, equivalent to the div is ion in which they are f i t ted. Doors and door f rames in "A" c lass div is ions shal l be constructed of steel . Doors in "B" c lass div is ions shal l be non-combust ib le. Doors f i t ted in boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces of category A shal l be sel f-c losing and reasonably gast ight . The Administrat ion may permi t the use of combust ible mater ia ls in doors separat ing cabins f rom the indiv idual inter ior sanitary accommodat ion, such as showers, i f constructed according to method IF.
2. Doors required to be sel f -c losing shal l not be f i t ted with hold-back hooks. However, hold-back arrangements f i t ted wi th remote re lease f i t t ings of the fa i l -safe type may be used.
3. Venti lat ion openings may be permi tted in and under the doors in corr idor bulkheads except that such openings shal l not be permit ted in and under sta irway enclosure doors. The openings shal l be provided only in the lower hal f of a door. Where such opening is in or under a door the tota l net area of any such opening or openings shal l not exceed 0.05 m 2 . When such opening is cut in a door i t shal l be f i t ted wi th a gr i l le made of non-combust ib le mater ia l .
4. Watert ight doors need not be insulated.
Article 228-5.07
Fire integri ty of bulkheads and decks
1. In addit ion to the speci f ic provis ions for f i re integr i ty of bulkheads and decks requi red elsewhere in th is par t the minimum f i re integri ty of bulkheads and decks shal l be as prescr ibed in table 1 and table 2 of this art ic le.
2. The fol lowing requirements shal l govern appl icat ion of the tables:
2.1. tables 1 and 2 shall apply respectively to bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces; and
2.2. for determining the appropriate f ire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to
their f ire risk as fol lows:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-9
2.2.1. Control stat ions (1)Spaces containing emergency sources of power and l ight ing.Wheelhouse and chartroom.Spaces containing the vessel 's radio equipment.Fire-ext inguishing rooms, f i re-control rooms and f i re-recording stat ions.Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.Spaces containing central ised f i re a larm equipment.
2.2.2. Corr idors (2)Corr idors and lobbies.
2.2.3. Accommodat ion spaces (3)Spaces as def ined in paragraphs 10 and 11 of art ic le 228-5.02, excluding corr idors.
2.2.4. Stairways (4)Inter ior sta irways, l i f ts and escalators (other than those whol ly contained with in the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto. In this connect ion, a sta irway which is enclosed only at one level shal l be regarded as part of the space f rom which i t is not separated by a f i re door.
2.2.5. Service spaces of low f i re r isk (5)Lockers and store-rooms having areas of less than 2 m 2 , dry ing rooms and laundr ies.
2.2.6. Machinery spaces of category A (6)Spaces as def ined in paragraph 14 of art ic le 228-5.02.
2.2.7. Other machinery spaces (7)Spaces as def ined in paragraph 15 of art ic le 228-5.02, including f ishmeal processing spaces, but excluding machinery spaces of category A.
2.2.8. Cargo spaces (8)Al l spaces used for cargo, including cargo oi l tanks, and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces.
2.2.9. Service spaces of high f i re r isk (9)Galleys, pantr ies containing cooking appl iances, paint rooms, lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 2 m 2 or more, and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.
2.2.10. Open decks (10)Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades, spaces for processing f ish in the raw state, f ish washing spaces and simi lar spaces containing no f i re r isk. Open spaces outside superstructures and deckhouses.
The t i t le of each category is intended to be typical rather than restr ict ive. The number in parenthesis fo l lowing the t i t le of each category refers to the appl icable column or row in the tables.
3. Cont inuous "B" c lass cei l ings or l inings, in associat ion with the re levant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contr ibut ing, whol ly or in part , to the required insulat ion and integri ty of a d iv is ion.
4. Windows and skyl ights to machinery spaces shal l be as fol lows:
4.1. where skylights can be opened they shall be capable of being closed from outside the space. Skylights containing glass panels shall be f i tted with external shutters of steel or other equivalent material permanently attached;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-10
4.2. glass or s imi lar mater ials shal l not be f i t ted in machinery space boundar ies. This does not preclude the use of wi re-re inforced glass for skyl ights and glass in contro l rooms wi th in the machinery spaces; and
4.3. in skyl ights referred to in paragraph 4.1, wire-re inforced glass shal l be used.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-11
TABLE 1 – FIRE INTEGRITY OF BULKHEADSSEPARATING ADJACENT SPACES
Service spaces of low f i re r isk (5) C A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 *
Machinery spaces of category A (6) * A-0 A-0 A-60 *
Other machinery spaces (7) A-0d A-0 A-0 *
Cargo spaces (8) * A-0 *Service spaces of high f i re r isk (9) A-0d *
Open decks (10)
Notes: The notes below apply to tables 1 and 2, as appropriate:a) No specia l requirements are imposed upon these bulkheads in methods I IF and I I IF f i re protect ion.b) In case of method I I IF, "B" c lass bulkheads of "B-0" rat ing shal l be provided between spaces or groups of spaces of 50 m 2 and over in area.c) For c lar i f icat ion as to which appl ies see ar t ic les 228-5.04 and 228-5.05.d) Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscr ipt d appears [e.g. in category (9)] , a bulkhead or deck of the rat ing shown in the tables is only required where the adjacent spaces are for a d i f ferent purpose. A gal ley next to a gal ley does not require a bulkhead but a gal ley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.e) Bulkheads separat ing the wheelhouse, chartroom and radio room from each other may be "B-0" rat ing. Where an aster isk appears in the tables, the div is ion is required to be of steel or equivalent mater ial but is not required to be of "A" c lass standard.f ) Fire insulat ion need not be f i t ted i f the machinery space in category (7), in the opin ion of the Administrat ion, has l i t t le or no f i re r isk.g) Where an aster isk appears in the tables the div is ion is required to be of steel or equivalent mater ia l but is not required to be of "A" c lass standard.
Where a deck is penetrated for the passage of e lectr ical cables, p ipes and vent ducts, such penetrat ions shal l be made t ight to prevent the passage of f lame and smoke.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-12
TABLE 2 – FIRE INTEGRITY OF DECKS SEPARATING ADJACENT SPACES
Spacebelow
Space above
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Control stat ions (1) A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 *Corr idors (2) A-0 * * A-0 * A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 *Accommodat ion spaces
(3) A-60 A-0 * A-0 * A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 *
Stairways (4) A-0 A-0 A-0 * A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 *Service spaces of low f i re r isk
(5) A-15 A-0 A-0 A-0 * A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 *
Machinery spaces of category A
(6) A-60 A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60
* A-60 A-30 A-60 *
Other machinery spaces
(7) A-15 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 * A-0 A-0 *
Cargo spaces (8) A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 * A-0 *Service spaces of high f i re r isk
(9) A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0d *
Open decks (10) * * * * * * * *
5. External boundar ies which are requi red by paragraph 1 of ar t ic le 228-5.03 to be of steel or equivalent mater ial may be pierced for the f i t t ing of windows and sidescut t les provided that there is no requirement elsewhere in this part for such boundar ies to have "A" c lass integri ty. Simi lar ly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" c lass integr i ty, doors may be of mater ials to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
6 Fire insulat ion need not be f i t ted i f the machinery space in category (7), in the opinion of the Administrat ion, has l i t t le or no f i re r isk.
Article 228-5.08
Detai ls of construct ion
1 . Method IF. In accommodat ion and service spaces and control stat ions al l l in ings, draught stops, cei l ings and their associated grounds shal l be of non-combust ible mater ials.
2. Methods I IF and I I IF. In corr idors and sta irway enclosures serving accommodat ion and service spaces, control stat ions and control stat ions, cei l ings, l in ings, draught stops and their associated grounds shal l be of non-combust ib le mater ials.
3. Methods IF, I IF and I I IF.
3.1. Except in cargo spaces or refrigerated compartments of service spaces and f ish washing and processing spaces insulating materials shall be non-
combustible. Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as the insulat ion of pipe fi tt ings for cold service systems
need not be of non-combustible material, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have low
flame [spread] characterist ics, this being determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code
. In spaces where penetrat ion of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation shall be impervious to oi l or oi l vapour.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-13
In f ish washing or processing spaces, insulation may be protected by combustible materials.
Combust ib le mater ia ls shal l not be used on div is ions adjacent to category 6, 7 or 9 spaces.
3.2. Where non-combustible bulkheads, l inings and cei l ings are f i t ted in accommodat ion and service spaces they may have a combust ib le veneer not exceeding 2.0 mm in thickness with in any such space except corr idors, sta irway enclosures and control stat ions, where i t shal l not exceed 1.5 mm in thickness.
3.3. Ai r spaces enclosed behind cei l ings, panel l ings, or l in ings shal l be div ided by close-f i t t ing draught stops spaced not more than 14 m apart. In the ver t ical di rect ion, such spaces, including those behind l in ings of sta irways, t runks etc. , shal l be closed at each deck.
Article 228-5.09
Venti lat ion systems
1.1. Venti lat ion ducts shal l be of non-combustible mater ial . Short ducts, however, not general ly exceeding 2 m in length and with a cross sect ion not exceeding 0.02 m 2 need not be non-combust ib le, subject to the fo l lowing condit ions:
1.1.1. these ducts shall be of a material which has low flame spread characterist ics, this being determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test
Procedures Code;
1.1.2. they may only be used at the end of the vent i lat ion device; and
1.1.3. they shall not be situated less than 600 mm, measured along the duct, from an opening in an "A" or "B" class division including continuous "B"
class cei lings.
1.2. Where the vent i lat ion ducts with a f ree cross-sect ional area exceeding 0.02 m 2 pass through "A" c lass bulkheads or decks, the openings shal l be l ined with a steel sheet s leeve unless the ducts passing through the bulkheads or decks are of steel in the vic in i ty of passage through the deck or bulkhead and comply in that port ion of the duct with the fol lowing:
1.2.1. for ducts with a f ree cross-sect ional area exceeding 0.02 m 2 the sleeves shal l have a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 900 mm. When passing through bulkheads th is minimum length shal l preferably be div ided evenly on each side of the bulkhead. Ducts wi th a f ree cross-sect ional area exceeding 0.02 m 2 shal l be provided wi th f i re insulat ion. The insulat ion shal l have at least the same f i re integr i ty as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct passes. Equivalent penetrat ion protect ion may be provided to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion; and
1.2.2. ducts with a f ree cross-sect ional area exceeding 0.075 m 2 shal l be f i t ted with f i re dampers in addit ion to the requirements of subparagraph 1.2.1. The f i re damper shal l operate automatical ly but shal l a lso be capable of being closed manual ly f rom both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper shal l be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or c losed. Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by "A" c lass div is ions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same f i re integr i ty as the bulkheads which they penetrate.
1.3. Venti lat ion ducts for machinery spaces of category A or gal leys shal l not in general pass through accommodat ion spaces, service spaces or contro l stat ions. Where the Administrat ion permi ts th is arrangement, the ducts shal l be constructed
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-14
of steel or equivalent mater ial and so arranged as to preserve the integri ty of the div is ions.
1.4. Venti lat ion ducts of accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stat ions shal l not in general pass through machinery spaces of category A or through gal leys. Where the Administrat ion permi ts this arrangement the ducts shal l be constructed of steel or equivalent mater ia l and so arranged as to preserve the integri ty of the div is ions.
1.5. Where venti lat ion ducts wi th a f ree cross-sect ional area exceeding 0.02 m 2
pass through "B" c lass bulkheads the openings shal l be l ined with steel sheet s leeves of at least 900 mm in length, unless the ducts are of steel for th is length in way of the bulkheads. When passing through a "B" c lass bulkhead th is length shal l preferably be div ided evenly on each side of the bulkhead.
1.6. Such measures as are pract icable shal l be taken in respect of contro l stat ions outside machinery spaces in order to ensure that vent i lat ion, v is ib i l i ty and f reedom from smoke are maintained, so that in the event of f i re the machinery and equipment contained therein may be supervised and cont inue to funct ion ef fect ively. Al ternative and separate means of a ir supply shal l be provided to these spaces; a ir in lets of the two sources of supply shal l be so disposed that the r isk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimised. At the discret ion of the Administrat ion, such requirements need not apply to contro l stat ions si tuated on, and openings on to, an open deck, or where local c losing arrangements are equal ly ef fect ive.
1.7. Where they pass through accommodat ion spaces or spaces contain ing combust ible mater ia ls, the exhaust ducts f rom gal ley ranges shal l be constructed of "A" c lass div is ions. Each exhaust duct shal l be f i t ted with:
1.7.1. a grease trap readi ly removable for c leaning;
1.7.2. a f i re damper located in the lower end of the duct ;
1.7.3. arrangements, operable f rom with in the gal ley, for shut t ing of f the exhaust fan; and
1.7.4. f ixed means for extinguishing a f ire within the duct, except where the Administration considers such fi t t ings impractical in a vessel of less than 75
metres in length.
2. The main inlets and out lets of a l l vent i lat ion systems shal l be capable of being closed f rom outside the spaces being vent i lated. Power vent i lat ion of accommodat ion spaces, service spaces, control stat ions and machinery spaces shal l be capable of being stopped f rom an easi ly accessible posi t ion outside the space being served. This posi t ion should not be readi ly cut of f in the event of a f i re in the spaces served. The means provided for stopping the power vent i lat ion of the machinery spaces shal l be ent i re ly separate from the means provided for stopping venti lat ion of other spaces.
3. Means shal l be provided for c losing, f rom a safe posi t ion, the annular spaces around funnels.
4. Venti lat ion systems serving machinery spaces shal l be independent of systems serving other spaces.
5. Store-rooms containing appreciable quanti t ies of h ighly f lammable products shal l be provided with vent i lat ion arrangements which are separate f rom other vent i lat ion systems. Venti lat ion shal l be arranged at h igh and low levels and the in lets and outlets of vent i lators shal l be posi t ioned in safe areas and f i t ted with spark arresters.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-15
6. The f i re dampers of the vent i lat ion ducts referred to in the present ar t ic le shal l be constructed of non-combust ible mater ials.
Article 228-5.10
Heat ing instal lat ions
1. Electr ic radiators shal l be f ixed in posi t ion and so constructed as to reduce f i re r isks to a minimum. No such radiator shal l be f i t ted with an element so exposed that c loth ing, curtains or other s imi lar mater ials can be scorched or set on f i re by heat f rom the element.
2 Heat ing by means of open f i res shal l not be permi tted. Heat ing stoves and other s imi lar appl iances shal l be f i rmly secured and adequate protect ion and insulat ion against f i re shal l be provided beneath and around such appl iances and in way of thei r uptakes. Uptakes of stoves which burn sol id fuel shal l be so arranged and designed as to minimise the possib i l i ty of becoming blocked by combust ion products and shal l have a ready means for c leaning. Dampers for l imit ing draughts in uptakes shal l , when in the closed posi t ion, st i l l leave an adequate area open. Spaces in which stoves are instal led shal l be provided with vent i lators of suf f ic ient area to provide adequate combust ion ai r for the stove. Such venti lators shal l have no means of c losure and their posi t ion shal l be such that c losing appl iances in accordance wi th regulat ion 20 are not requi red.
3. Open gas f lame appl iances, except cooking stoves and water heaters, shal l not be permit ted. Spaces containing any such stoves or water heaters shal l have adequate venti lat ion to remove fumes and possib le gas leakage to a safe place. Al l pipes conveying gas f rom container to stove or water heater shal l be of steel or other approved mater ial . Automat ic safety gas shut-off devices shal l be f i t ted to operate on loss of pressure in the gas main pipe or f lame fa i lure on any appl iance.
4. Where gaseous fuel is used for domestic purposes, the arrangements, storage, d istr ibut ion and use of the fuel shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion and in accordance with art ic le 228-5.12.
5. A means shal l be provided of evacuat ing exhaust gas outside.
Article 228-5.11
Miscel laneous i tems
1. Al l exposed surfaces in corr idors and stairway enclosures and surfaces including grounds in concealed or inaccessib le spaces in accommodat ion and service spaces and contro l stat ions shal l have low frame-spread character ist ics. Exposed surfaces of cei l ings in accommodat ion and service spaces and control stat ions shal l have low f lame-spread character ist ics.
2. Paints, varnishes and other f inishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantit ies of smoke or toxic gases or vapours, to be determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test
Procedures Code.
3. Pr imary deck coverings wi th in accommodation and service spaces and contro l stat ions shal l be of approved mater ial which wi l l not readi ly igni te or give r ise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures 1 2 .
4. Where "A" or "B" c lass div is ions are penetrated for the passage of e lectr ical cables, p ipes, t runks, ducts, etc. or for the f i t t ing of vent i lat ion terminals, l ight ing
12 Improved provisional guidelines on test procedures for primary deck coverings adopted by the Organisation by resolution A.214(VII) apply.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-16
f ix tures and simi lar devices, arrangements shal l be made to ensure that the f i re integri ty of the div is ions is not impaired.
5.1. In accommodation and service spaces and control stations, pipes penetrating "A" or "B" class divisions shall be of approved materials having
regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand. Where the Administration permits the conveying of oi l and combustible l iquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipes conveying oi l or combustible
l iquids shall be of an approved material having regard to the fire r isk.
5.2. Mater ials readi ly rendered inef fect ive by heat shal l not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges and other out lets which are close to the water l ine and where the fai lure of the mater ia l in the event of f i re would give r ise to danger of f looding.
6. Cel lu lose-ni t rate-based f i lm shal l not be used in c inematograph insta l lat ions.
7. Al l waste receptacles other than those used in f ish processing shal l be constructed of non-combustible mater ials wi th no openings in the sides or bot tom.
8. Machinery dr iv ing fuel o i l t ransfer pumps, fuel o i l uni t pumps and other s imi lar fuel pumps shal l be f i t ted wi th remote controls s i tuated outside the space concerned.
9. Drip t rays shal l be f i t ted where necessary to prevent oi l leaking into b i lges.
10. With in compartments used for stowage of f ish, combust ible insulat ion shal l be protected by close-f i t t ing cladding.
11. Cel lu lar plast ics shal l be used in accordance with the provis ions of Annex 228-5.A1
Article 228-5.12
Storage of gas cyl inders and dangerous mater ials
1. Cyl inders for compressed, l iquef ied or dissolved gases shal l be clear ly marked by means of prescr ibed ident i fy ing colours, have a clear ly legible ident i f icat ion of the name and chemical formula of their contents and be properly secured.
2. Cyl inders containing f lammable or other dangerous gases and expended cyl inders shal l be stored, proper ly secured, on open decks and al l valves, pressure regulators and pipes leading from such cyl inders shal l be protected against damage. Cyl inders shal l be protected against excessive var iat ions in temperature, di rect rays of the sun, and accumulat ion of snow. However, the Administrat ion may permit such cyl inders to be stored in compartments complying with the requirements of paragraphs 3 to 5.
3. Spaces containing highly f lammable l iquids, such as volat i le paints, paraf f in, etc. , and where permit ted, l iquef ied gas, shal l have di rect access f rom open decks only. Pressure-adjust ing devices and rel ief valves shal l exhaust wi th in the compartment. Where boundary bulkheads of such compartments adjo in other enclosed spaces they shal l be gast ight.
4. Except as necessary for service within the space, e lectr ical wir ing and f i t t ings shal l not be permi tted with in compartments used for the storage of h ighly f lammable l iquids or l iquef ied gases. Where such electr ical f i t t ings are insta l led, they shal l be of a cert i f ied type and shal l comply wi th the relevant provis ions of the Internat ional Standard IEC Publ icat ion 79 "Electr ical apparatus for explosive
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-17
gas atmospheres". Sources of heat shal l be kept c lear of such spaces and "No smoking" and "No naked l ight" not ices shal l be displayed in a prominent posi t ion.
5. Separate storage shal l be provided for each type of compressed gas. Compartments used for the storage of such gases shal l not be used for storage of other combust ib le products nor for tools or objects not part of the gas distr ibut ion system. However, the Administrat ion may re lax these requirements consider ing the character ist ics, volume and intended use of such compressed gases.
Article 228-5.13
Means of escape
1. Stairways and ladders leading to and f rom al l accommodat ion spaces and in spaces in which the crew is normal ly employed, other than machinery spaces, shal l be so arranged as to provide ready means of escape to the open deck and thence to the survival craf t . In par t icular in re lat ion to these spaces:
1.1. at al l levels of accommodation at least two widely separated means of escape shall be provided which may include the normal means of access from
each restricted space or group of spaces;
1.1.1. below the weather deck the main means of escape shall be a stairway and the second escape may be a trunk or a stairway; and
1.1.2. above the weather deck the means of escape shall be stairways or doors to an open deck or a combination thereof;
1.2. exceptionally the Administration may permit only one means of escape, due regard being paid to the nature and location of spaces and to the number
of persons who normally might be accommodated or employed there;
1.3. a corr idor or par t of a corr idor f rom which there is only one route of escape, shal l not exceed 7 m in length; and
1.4. the continuity of the means of escape shall be to the sat isfact ion of the Administration. Stairways and corridors used as a means of escape shall be not less than 700 mm in clear width and shall have a handrai l on at least one
side. Doorways which give access to a stairway shall be not less than 700 mm in clear width.
2. Two means of escape shal l be provided f rom every machinery space of category A by one of the fol lowing means:
2.1. two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possib le leading to doors in the upper part of the space simi lar ly separated and f rom which access is provided to the open deck. In general , one of these ladders shal l provide cont inuous f i re shelter from the lower part of the space to a safe posi t ion outside the space. However, the Administrat ion may not require such shelter i f , due to special arrangements or d imensions of the machinery space, a safe escape route from the lower part of th is space is provided. This shel ter shal l be of steel , insulated to "A-60" c lass standard and be provided wi th a "A-60" sel f -c losing steel door at the lower end; or
2.2. one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space f rom which access is provided to the open deck and addit ional ly, in the lower part of the space and in a posi t ion wel l separated f rom the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated f rom ei ther s ide and which provides access to a safe escape route f rom the lower part of the space to the open deck.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-18
3. From machinery spaces other than those of category A, escape routes shal l be provided to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, having regard to the nature and location of the space and whether persons are normal ly employed in that space.
4. Li f ts shal l not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.
5. Escape routes and exi ts shal l be signposted with s igns which comply with the requirements of Annex 228-5.A.2. These i l luminated signs, which may be opaque or transparent, shal l be l inked to the emergency l ight ing.
Passages forming part of regulatory passages which are not general ly used as working passageways shal l be marked wi th s igns including an addit ional "emergency exi t " s ign.
Article 228-5.14
Automat ic spr inkler and f i re alarm and f i re detect ion systems(Method I IF)
1. In vessels in which method IIF is adopted an automat ic spr inkler and f i re alarm system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of th is ar t ic le shal l be insta l led and so arranged as to protect accommodat ion spaces and service spaces except spaces which af ford no substant ial f i re r isks, such as void spaces and sanitary spaces.
2.1. The system shal l be capable of immediate operat ion at al l t imes and no act ion by the crew shal l be necessary to set i t in operat ion. I t shal l be of the wet pipe type but smal l exposed sect ions may be of the dry pipe type where in the opin ion of the Administrat ion this is a necessary precaution. Any parts of the system which may be subjected to f reezing temperatures in service shal l be sui tably protected against freezing. The system shal l be kept charged at the necessary pressure and shal l have provis ion for a cont inuous supply of water as required in paragraph 6.2.
2.2. Each sect ion of spr inklers shal l include means for giv ing a v is ible and audible a larm signal automatical ly at one or more indicat ing uni ts whenever any spr inkler comes into operat ion. Such units shal l indicate in which sect ion served by the system f i re has occurred and shal l be centra l ised in the wheelhouse and, in addit ion, v is ib le and audible alarms f rom the uni t shal l be placed in a posi t ion other than in the wheelhouse, so as to ensure that the indicat ion of f i re is immediately received by the crew. Such an alarm system shal l be so constructed as to indicate i f any faul t occurs in the system.
3.1. Sprinklers shal l be grouped into separate sect ions, each of which shal l contain not more than 200 spr inklers.
3.2. Each sect ion of spr inklers shal l be capable of being isolated by one stop valve only. The stop valve in each sect ion shal l be readi ly accessib le and i ts locat ion shal l be clear ly and permanent ly indicated. Means shal l be provided to prevent the operat ion of the stop valves by any unauthor ised person.
3.3. A gauge indicat ing the pressure in the system shal l be provided at each sect ion stop valve and at a centra l stat ion.
3.4. The sprinklers shal l be resistant to corrosion. In accommodat ion and service spaces the spr inklers shal l come into operat ion with in the temperature range of 68°C and 79°C, except that in locat ions such as drying rooms, where high ambient temperatures might be expected, the operat ing temperature may be increased by not more than 30°C above the maximum deck head temperature.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-19
3.5. A l ist or p lan shal l be displayed at each indicat ing uni t showing the spaces covered and the locat ion of the zone in respect of each sect ion. Suitable instruct ions for test ing and maintenance shal l be avai lable.
4. Sprinklers shal l be placed in an overhead posi t ion and spaced in a sui table pat tern to maintain an average appl icat ion rate of not less than 5 l i t res per square metre per minute over the nominal area covered by the spr inklers. Al ternat ively, the Administrat ion may permit the use of spr inklers provid ing such quant i ty of water sui tably distr ibuted as has been shown to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion to be not less ef fect ive.
5.1. A pressure tank having a volume equal to at least twice that of the charge of water speci f ied in this subparagraph shal l be provided. The tank shal l contain a standing charge of f resh water, equivalent to the amount of water which would be discharged in one minute by the pump referred to in paragraph 6.2 and the arrangements shal l provide for maintain ing such ai r pressure in the tank as to ensure that, where the standing charge of f resh water in the tank has been used, the pressure wi l l be not less than the working pressure of the spr inkler , p lus the pressure due to a head of water measured f rom the bot tom of the tank to the highest spr inkler in the system. Suitable means of replenishing the air under pressure and of replenishing the f resh water charge in the tank shal l be provided. A glass gauge shal l be provided to indicate the correct level of the water in the tank.
5.2. Means shal l be provided to prevent the passage of seawater into the tank.
6.1. An independent power pump shal l be provided sole ly for the purpose of cont inuing automat ical ly the discharge of water f rom the spr inklers. The pump shal l be brought into act ion automatical ly by the pressure drop in the system before the standing f resh water charge in the pressure tank is completely exhausted.
6.2. The pump and the piping system shal l be capable of maintain ing the necessary pressure at the level of the highest spr inkler to ensure a continuous output of water suf f ic ient for the simultaneous coverage of the maximum area separated by f i re-resist ing bulkheads of "A" and "B" c lass div is ions or an area of 280 square metres, whichever is the less, at the appl icat ion rate speci f ied in paragraph 4.
6.3. The pump shal l have f i t ted on the del ivery s ide a test valve with a shor t open-ended discharge pipe. The ef fect ive area through the valve and pipe shal l be adequate to permi t the re lease of the required pump output whi le maintaining the pressure in the system speci f ied in paragraph 5.1.
6.4. The sea in let to the pump shal l wherever possib le be in the space containing the pump and shal l be so arranged that when the vessel is af loat i t wi l l not be necessary to shut of f the supply of seawater to the pump for any purpose other than the inspect ion or repair of the pump.
7. The sprinkler pump and tank shal l be si tuated in a posi t ion reasonably remote f rom any machinery space of category A and shal l not be si tuated in any space requi red to be protected by the spr inkler system.
8.1. There shal l not be less than two sources of power supply for the seawater pump and the automatic f i re a larm and f i re detect ion system. I f the pump is electr ical ly dr iven i t shal l be connected to the main source of e lectr ical power, which shal l be capable of being suppl ied by at least two generators.
8.2. The feeders shal l be arranged so as to avoid gal leys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces of high f i re r isk except in so far as i t is necessary to reach the appropriate switchboard. One of the sources of power supply for the f i re alarm and f i re detect ion system shal l be an emergency source. Where one of the sources of power for the pump is an internal combustion-type engine i t shal l , in addit ion to
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-20
complying wi th the provis ions of paragraph 7, be so si tuated that a f i re in any protected space wi l l not af fect the air supply to that engine.
9. The sprinkler system shal l have a connect ion f rom the vessel 's f i re main by way of a lockable screw-down nonreturn valve at the connect ion which wi l l prevent a backf low from the spr inkler system to the f i re main.
10.1. A test valve shal l be provided for test ing the automatic a larm for each sect ion of spr inklers by a d ischarge of water equivalent to the operat ion of one spr inkler . The test valve for each sect ion shal l be si tuated near the stop valve for that sect ion.
10.2. Means shal l be provided for test ing the automat ic operat ion of the pump on reduct ion of pressure in the system.
10.3. Switches shal l be provided at one of the indicat ing posi t ions referred to in paragraph 2.2 which wi l l enable the alarm and the indicators for each sect ion of spr inklers to be tested.
11. Spare spr inkler heads shal l be provided for each sect ion of spr inklers .
Spare spr inkler heads shal l include al l types and rat ings insta l led in the vessel and shal l be provided as fo l lows:
- less than 100 sprinkler heads: 3 spare heads,- less than 300 sprinkler heads: 6 spare heads,- 300 to 1000 sprinkler heads: 12 spare heads.
Article 228-5.15
Automat ic f i re alarm and f i re detect ion systems (Method I I IF)
1. In vessels in which method II IF is adopted an automat ic f i re alarm and f i re detect ion system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of this ar t ic le shal l be instal led and so arranged as to detect the presence of f i re in al l accommodat ion spaces and service spaces except spaces which af ford no substant ial f i re r isk, such as void spaces and sanitary spaces.
2.1. The system shal l be capable of immediate operat ion at al l t imes and no act ion of the crew shal l be necessary to set i t in operat ion.
2.2. Each sect ion of detectors shal l include means for g iv ing a v is ib le and audible a larm signal automatical ly at one or more indicat ing uni ts whenever any detector comes into operat ion. Such uni ts shal l indicate in which sect ion served by the system a f i re has occurred and shal l be central ised in the wheelhouse and such other posi t ions as wi l l ensure that any alarm from the system is immediately received by the crew. Addit ional ly, arrangements shal l be provided to ensure that an alarm is sounded on the deck on which the f i re has been detected. Such an alarm and detect ion system shal l be so constructed as to indicate i f any faul t occurs in the system.
3. Detectors shal l be grouped into separate sect ions, each covering not more than 30 rooms served by such a system and contain ing not more than 100 detectors. Detectors shal l be zoned to indicate on which deck a f i re has occurred.
4. The system shal l be operated by an abnormal increase in the air temperature, by an abnormal concentrat ion of smoke or by other factors indicat ive of incip ient f i re in any one of the spaces to be protected. Systems which are sensi t ive to air temperature shal l not operate at less than 54°C and shal l operate at a temperature not greater than 78°C when the temperature increase to those levels is not more than 1°C per minute. At the discret ion of the Administrat ion the
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-21
permissib le temperature of operat ion may be increased to 30°C above the maximum deckhead temperature in drying rooms and simi lar p laces of normal ly high ambient temperature. Systems which are sensi t ive to smoke concentrat ion shal l operate on the reduction of the intensi ty of a t ransmit ted l ight beam. Smoke detectors shal l be cert i f ied to operate before the smoke density exceeds 12.5% obscurat ion per metre but not unt i l i t exceeds 2%. The detect ion system shal l not be used for any purpose other than f i re detect ion.
5. The detectors may be arranged to operate the alarm by the opening or c losing of contacts or by other appropriate methods. They shal l be f i t ted in any overhead posi t ion and shal l be sui tably protected against impact and physical damage. They shal l be sui table for use in a marine atmosphere. They shal l be placed in an open posi t ion clear of beams and other objects l ikely to obstruct the f low of hot gases or smoke to the sensi t ive element. Detectors operated by the closing of contacts shal l be of the sealed contact type and the circui t shal l be cont inuously monitored to indicate faul t condi t ions.
6. At least one detector shal l be insta l led in each space where detect ion faci l i t ies are required and there shal l be not less than one detector for each 37 m 2
of deck area approximately. In large spaces the detectors shal l be arranged in a regular pat tern so that no detector is more than 9 m from another detector or more than 4.5 m from a bulkhead.
7. There shal l be not less than two sources of power supply for the electr ical equipment used in the operat ion of the f i re a larm and f i re detect ion system, one of which shal l be an emergency source. The supply shal l be provided by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. Such feeders shal l run to a change-over switch si tuated in the control stat ion for the f i re detect ion system. The wir ing system shal l be so arranged as to avoid gal leys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces having a high f i re r isk except in so far as i t is necessary to provide for f i re detect ion in such spaces or to reach the appropr iate switchboard.
8.1. A l is t or p lan shal l be displayed adjacent to each indicat ing uni t showing the spaces covered and the locat ion of the zone in respect of each system. Suitable instruct ions for test ing and maintenance shal l be avai lable.
8.2. Provis ion shal l be made for test ing the correct operat ion of the detectors and the indicat ing uni ts by supplying means for apply ing hot air or smoke at detector posi t ions.
9. Spare detector heads shal l be provided for each sect ion of detectors to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Article 228-5.16
Fixed f i re-ext inguishing arrangements in cargo spaces of high f i re r isk
Cargo spaces of h igh f i re r isk shal l be protected by a f ixed gas f i re-ext inguishing system or by a f i re-ext inguishing system which gives equivalent protect ion, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Article 228-5.17
Fire pumps
1. At least two f i re pumps shal l be provided.
2. I f a f i re in any one compartment could put a l l the f i re pumps out of act ion, there shal l be an al ternat ive means of providing water for f i re f ight ing. In vessels of 75 metres in length and over th is al ternative means shal l be a f ixed emergency
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-22
f i re pump independent ly dr iven. This emergency f i re pump shal l be capable of supplying two jets of water at a minimum pressure of 0.25 N/mm 2 .
3.1. The f i re pumps, other than the emergency pump, shal l be capable of del iver ing for f i re-f ight ing purposes a quant i ty of water at a minimum pressure of 0.25 N/mm 2 , wi th a tota l capacity (Q) of at least :
where L, B and D are in metres.
However, the total requi red capacity of the f i re pumps need not exceed 180 m 3 /h.
3.2. Each of the required f i re pumps other than any emergency pump shal l have a capaci ty of not less than 40% of the tota l capacity of f i re pumps required by paragraph 3.1 and shal l in any event be capable of del iver ing at least the 2 jets of water required by paragraph 2.1 of art ic le 228-5.19. These f i re pumps shal l be capable of supplying the f i re main systems under the requi red condit ions. Where more than two pumps are instal led the capacity of such addit ional pumps shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
4.1. Fire pumps shal l be independent ly dr iven power pumps. Sanitary, bal last , bi lge or general service pumps may be accepted as f i re pumps, provided that they are not normal ly used for pumping oi l and that , i f they are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of fuel o i l , sui table change-over arrangements are f i t ted.
4.2. Rel ief valves shal l be provided in conjunct ion with al l f i re pumps i f the pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the design pressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses. These valves shal l be so placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any of the f i re main systems.
4.3. Emergency power-operated f i re pumps shal l be independently dr iven sel f -contained pumps ei ther with their own diesel engine pr ime mover and fuel supply f i t ted in an accessible posi t ion outside the compartment which contains the main f i re pumps, or be dr iven by a sel f -contained generator, which may the emergency generator referred to in art ic le 228-5.03, of suff ic ient capacity and which is posi t ioned in a safe place outside the engine room and preferably above the working deck. The emergency f i re pump shal l be capable of operat ing for a period of at least 3 hours.
4.4. Emergency f i re pumps, sea-suct ion valves and other necessary valves shal l be operable from outside compartments contain ing main f i re pumps in a posi t ion not l ikely to be cut of f by a f i re in those compartments.
Article 228-5.18
Fire mains
1.1. Where more than one hydrant is required to provide the number of jets speci f ied in paragraph 2.1 of art ic le 228-5.19 of this chapter a f i re main shal l be provided.
1.2. Fire mains shal l have no connect ions other than those required for f i re f ight ing, except for the purpose of washing the deck and anchor chains and operat ion of b i lge ejectors, subject to the ef f ic iency of the f i re- f ight ing system being maintained.
1.3. Where f i re mains are not sel f -draining, sui table drain cocks shal l be f i t ted where f rost damage could be expected.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-23
2.1. The diameter of the f i re main and water service pipes shal l be suf f ic ient for the effect ive distr ibut ion of the maximum required discharge f rom two f i re pumps operat ing simultaneously or of 140 m 3 /h, whichever is the less.
2.2. With the two pumps simultaneously del iver ing through nozzles speci f ied in paragraph 5 of ar t ic le 228-5.19 the quanti ty of water speci f ied in subparagraph 2.1, through any adjacent hydrants, the minimum pressure of 0.25 N/mm 2 shal l be maintained at al l hydrants.
Article 228-5.19
Fire hydrants, f i re hoses and nozzles
1.1. The number of f i re hoses provided shal l be equal to the number of f i re hydrants arranged according to paragraph 2 and one spare hose. This number does not include any f i re hoses required in any engine or boi ler room. The Administrat ion may increase the number of f i re hoses required so as to ensure that hoses in suf f ic ient number are avai lable and accessib le at a l l t imes, having regard to the size of the vessel.
1.2. Fire hoses shal l be of approved mater ia l and suf f ic ient in length to project a jet of water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Their maximum length shal l be 20 m. Every f i re hose shal l be provided wi th a nozzle and the necessary coupl ings. Fire hoses shal l together wi th any necessary f i t t ings and tools be kept ready for use in conspicuous posi t ions near the water service hydrants or connect ions.
2.1. The number and posi t ion of the hydrants shal l be such that at least two jets of water not emanat ing f rom the same hydrant, one of which shal l be f rom a single length of f i re hose, may reach any part of the vessel normal ly accessib le to the crew whi le the vessel is being navigated.
2.2. Al l required hydrants shal l be f i t ted wi th f i re hoses having dual purpose nozzles as required by paragraph 5. One hydrant shal l be located near the entrance of the space to be protected.
3. Mater ials readi ly rendered inef fect ive by heat shal l not be used for f i re mains and hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shal l be so placed that the f i re hoses may be easi ly coupled to them. In vessels where deck cargo may be carr ied, the posi t ions of the hydrants shal l be such that they are always readi ly accessib le and the pipes shal l be arranged as far as pract icable to avoid r isk of damage by such cargo. Unless one f i re hose and nozzle is provided for each hydrant , there shal l be complete interchangeabi l i ty of f i re hose coupl ings and nozzles.
4. A cock or valve shal l be f i t ted to serve each f i re hose so that any f i re hose may be removed whi le the f i re pumps are operat ing.
5.1. Standard nozzle s izes shal l be 12 mm, 16 mm and 19 mm or as near thereto as possib le. Larger diameter nozzles may be permit ted at the discret ion of the Administrat ion.
5.2. For accommodat ion and service spaces, a nozzle s ize greater than 12 mm need not be used.
5.3. For machinery spaces and exter ior locations, the nozzle s ize shal l be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible f rom two jets at the pressure speci f ied in paragraph 2.2 of art ic le 228-5.18 f rom the smal lest pump, provided that a nozzle s ize greater than 19 mm need not be used.
6. Al l nozzles shal l be of an approved dual purpose type ( i .e. spray/ jet) incorporat ing a shutof f and shal l comply wi th the fo l lowing:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-24
.1 the spray shal l be uni form and non-adjustable, conical in shape with an angle at the apex of not more than 90°;
.2 the nozzle control shal l be simple, convenient, fast and non-adjustable so that i t can be operated safely. I t shal l be possible to shut of f the spray without passing through the jet posi t ion.
Article 228-5.20
Fire ext inguishers
1 Fire ext inguishers shal l be of approved types. The capacity of required portable f lu id ext inguishers shal l be not more than 13.5 l i t res and not less than 9 l i t res. Other ext inguishers shal l not be in excess of the equivalent por tabi l i ty of the 13.5 l i t re f lu id ext inguisher and shal l not be less than the f i re-ext inguishing equivalent of a 9 l i t re f lu id ext inguisher. The Administrat ion shal l determine the equivalents of f i re ext inguishers.
2.1 For each type of f i re ext inguisher carr ied, capable of being recharged on board, 100% spare charges for the f i rst 10 ext inguishers shal l be provided and 50% for the remaining ext inguishers but not more than 60.
2.2 For f i re ext inguishers which cannot be recharged on board, at least 50% addit ional f i re ext inguishers of the same type and capacity shal l be provided in l ieu of spare charges.
2.3 Instruct ions for recharging should be carr ied on board. Only ref i l ls approved for the f i re ext inguishers in question may be used for recharging.
3 Fire ext inguishers contain ing an ext inguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administrat ion, e i ther by i tsel f or under expected condit ions of use, g ives of f toxic gases in such quant i t ies as to endanger persons shal l not be permit ted.
4 Fire ext inguishers shal l be examined annual ly by a competent person, authorised by the Administrat ion. Each ext inguisher shal l be provided with a s ign indicat ing that i t has been examined. Al l containers of permanent ly pressurised f i re ext inguishers and propel lant bot t les of non-pressurised ext inguishers shal l be hydraul ic pressure tested every 10 years.
5 Normal ly, one of the por table f i re ext inguishers intended for use in any space shal l be stowed near an entrance to that space.
Article 228-5.21
Portable fire extinguishers in control stations and accommodat ion and service spaces
1. At least f ive approved portable f i re ext inguishers shal l be provided in control stat ions and accommodat ion and service spaces to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
2.1 For f i re ext inguishers, capable of being recharged on board, 100% spare charges for the f i rst 10 ext inguishers shal l be provided and 50% for the remaining ext inguishers but not more than 60.
2.2 For f i re ext inguishers which cannot be recharged on board at least 50% addit ional f i re ext inguishers of the same type and capacity shal l be provided in l ieu of spare charges.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-25
2.3 Instruct ions for recharging should be carr ied on board. Only ref i l ls approved for the f i re ext inguishers in question may be used for recharging.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-26
Article 228-5.22(amended by the Order of 2 July 2001)
Fire-extinguishing appliances in machinery spaces
1.1. Spaces contain ing oi l - f i red boi lers or fuel o i l uni ts shal l be provided with one of the fol lowing f ixed f i re-ext inguishing systems, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion:
1.1.1. a pressure water-spraying insta l lat ion;
1.1.2. a f i re-smother ing gas insta l lat ion;
1.1.3. a f i re-ext inguishing insta l lat ion using vapours f rom low toxic i ty vapour is ing l iquids;
1.1.4. a f i re-ext inguishing insta l lat ion using high expansion foam. Where the engine and boi ler rooms are not ent i rely separate, or i f fuel o i l can drain f rom the boi ler room into the engine room, the combined engine and boi ler rooms shal l be considered as one compartment;
1.1.5 an authorised f i re-ext inguishing insta l lat ion using an authorised gas.
A l ist of authorised insta l lat ions and authorised gases is g iven in Annex 322 -6.A.1 to Sect ion 322.
Instal lat ions using author ised gases shal l comply wi th the provis ions of Chapter 322-6 in Sect ion 322.
1.2 New instal lat ions of halogenated hydrocarbon systems used as f i re-ext inguishing media shal l be prohibi ted on new and exist ing vessels.
1.3. Every boi ler room shal l be provided with at least one set of portable a ir -foam equipment to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
1.4. At least two approved portable ext inguishers discharging foam or equivalent shal l be provided in each f i r ing space in each boi ler room and each space in which a part of the fuel o i l insta l lat ion is s i tuated. At least one approved foam-type ext inguisher of at least 135 l i t re capacity or equivalent shal l be provided in each boi ler room, with hoses on reels sui table for reaching any part of the boi ler room. The Administrat ion may relax the requi rements of th is paragraph, having regard to the size and nature of the space to be protected.
1.5. In each f i r ing space there shal l be a receptacle contain ing sand, sawdust impregnated with soda or other approved dry mater ia l , in such quant i ty as may be required by the Administrat ion. Al ternat ively an approved por table ext inguisher may be provided.
2. Spaces contain ing internal combustion machinery used ei ther for main propulsion or for other purposes, when such machinery has a tota l power output of not less than 750 kW, shal l be provided with the fo l lowing arrangements:
2.1. one of the f i re-ext inguishing systems required by paragraph 1.1;
2.2. at least one set of portable a ir - foam equipment to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion;
2.3. in each such space, approved foam-type f i re ext inguishers each of at least 45 l i t res capaci ty, or equivalent, suf f ic ient in number to enable foam or i ts equivalent to be di rected on to any par t of the fuel and lubr icat ing oi l pressure systems, gearing and other f i re hazards. In addit ion, there shal l be provided a suf f ic ient number of portable foam ext inguishers which shal l be so located that an ext inguisher is not more than 10 m walking distance f rom any point in the space,
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-27
provided that there shal l be at least two such ext inguishers in each such space. For smal ler spaces the Administrat ion may re lax these requirements.
3. Spaces contain ing steam turbines or enclosed steam engines used ei ther for main propulsion, or for other purposes, when such machinery has a total power output of not less than 750 kW shal l be provided wi th the fo l lowing arrangements:
3.1. foam f i re ext inguishers each of at least 45 l i t res capaci ty, or equivalent, suf f ic ient in number to enable foam or i ts equivalent to be di rected on to any par t of the pressure lubr icat ion system, on to any part of the casing enclosing pressure lubr icated parts of the turbines, engines or associated gearing, and any other f i re hazards. Such ext inguishers shal l not be requi red i f protect ion at least equivalent is provided in such spaces by a f ixed f i re-ext inguishing system f i t ted in compl iance with paragraph 1.1; and
3.2. a suff ic ient number of por table foam ext inguishers, or equivalent , which shal l be so located that an ext inguisher is not more than 10 metres walking distance f rom any point in the space, provided that there shal l be at least two such ext inguishers in each such space, and such ext inguishers shal l not be required in addit ion to any provided in compl iance wi th paragraph 2.3.
4. Where, in the opin ion of the Administrat ion, a f i re hazard exists in any machinery space for which no speci f ic provis ions for f i re-ext inguishing appl iances are prescr ibed in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this art ic le, there shal l be provided in or adjacent to that space a number of approved por table f i re ext inguishers or other means of f i re ext inct ion to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
5. Where f ixed f i re-ext inguishing systems not required by this part are insta l led, such systems shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
6. For any machinery space of category A to which access is provided at a low level f rom an adjacent shaft tunnel, there shal l be provided in addi t ion to any watert ight door and on the side remote f rom that machinery space a l ight steel f i re-screen door which shal l be capable of being operated f rom each side of the door.
7. The provis ions of this art ic le notwithstanding, al l machinery spaces of category A shal l be f i t ted wi th a f ixed f i re-ext inguishing system.
8. Means shal l be provided to renew the air in the space in quest ion after the gas has ext inguished the f i re.
Article 228-5.23
International shore connection
1. At least one international shore connect ion, complying wi th paragraph 2, shal l be provided.
2. Standard dimensions of f langes for the international shore connection shal l be in accordance with the fol lowing table:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-28
Descript ion Dimension
Outside diameter 178 mmInner d iameter 64 mmBolt c irc le d iameter 132 mm
Slots in f lange4 holes 19 mm in diameter equidistant ly p laced on a bol t c i rc le of the above diameter , s lot ted to the f lange periphery
Flange th ickness 14.5 mm minimumBolts and nuts 4 each of 16 mm in diameter and 50 mm in length
3. This connect ion shal l be constructed of mater ia l sui table for 1 N/mm 2
service pressure.
4. The f lange shal l have a f lat face on one side and the other shal l have a coupl ing permanently at tached thereto that wi l l f i t the vessel 's hydrant and hose. The connection shal l be kept aboard the vessel together with a gasket of any mater ial sui table for 1 N/mm 2 service pressure, together wi th four 16 mm bolts 50 mm in length and eight washers.
5. Faci l i t ies shal l be avai lable enabl ing such a connection to be used on ei ther s ide of the vessel.
Article 228-5.24
Firef ighter 's out f i ts
1. At least two f i ref ighter 's out f i ts shal l be carr ied. The f i ref ighter 's out f i ts shal l comply with the IMO Fire Safety Systems Code (FSS Code), Chapter I I I , regulat ions 2.1, 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 adopted by resolut ion MSC.98 (73) .
2. The f i ref ighter 's outf i ts or indiv idual sets of equipment shal l be stored so as to be readi ly accessib le and, where the vessel is carry ing more than one f i ref ighter 's outf i t or more than one set of equipment, in widely separated posi t ions.
Article 228-5.25
Fire contro l plan
There shal l be a permanently exhib i ted f i re control plan. The contents of such a plan shal l be in accordance with IMO Resolut ion A.654 (16) "Graphic symbols for f i re contro l p lans" and IMO Resolut ion A.756 (18) "Guidel ines on the informat ion to be provided with f i re contro l p lans" .
Article 228-5.26
Ready avai labi l i ty of f i re-ext inguishing appl iances
Fire-ext inguishing appl iances shal l be kept in good order and avai lable for immediate use at al l t imes.
Article 228-5.27
Acceptance of subst i tutes
Where in th is part any special type of appl iance, apparatus, ext inguishing medium or arrangement is speci f ied, any other type of appl iance etc. may be al lowed provided the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that i t is not less ef fect ive.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-29
PART 3
FIRE SAFETY MEASURES IN VESSELS OFLESS THAN 60 METRES IN LENGTH (L)
Article 228-5.28
Structural f i re protect ion
1. The hul l , superstructure, st ructural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shal l be constructed of non-combust ib le mater ia ls. However, the Administrat ion may permit combust ib le construct ion provided the requi rements of th is art ic le and the addit ional f i re-ext inguishing requirements of paragraph 3 of ar t ic le 228-5.40 are compl ied with.
2.1. In vessels, the hul l of which is constructed of non-combust ib le mater ia ls, the decks and bulkheads separat ing machinery spaces of category A f rom accommodat ion spaces, services spaces or contro l stat ions shal l be constructed to "A-60" c lass standard where the machinery space of category A is not provided with a f ixed f i re-ext inguishing system and to "A-30" c lass standard where such a system is f i t ted. Decks and bulkheads separat ing other machinery spaces from accommodat ion, service spaces and control stat ions shal l be constructed to "A-0" c lass standard. Decks and bulkheads separat ing contro l stat ions f rom accommodat ion and service spaces shal l be constructed to "A" c lass standard in accordance with the tables 1 and 2 in ar t ic le 228-5.07, except that the Administrat ion may permit the f i t t ing of "B -15" c lass div is ions for separat ing such spaces as skipper 's cabin from the wheelhouse.
2.2. In vessels, the hul l of which is constructed of combust ib le mater ia ls, the decks and bulkheads separat ing machinery spaces f rom accommodation spaces, service spaces or contro l stat ions shal l be constructed to "F" c lass or "B-15" c lass standard. In addit ion, machinery space boundaries shal l as far as pract icable prevent the passage of smoke. Decks and bulkheads separat ing control stat ions f rom accommodation and service spaces shal l be constructed to "F" c lass standard.
3.1. In vessels, the hul l of which is constructed of non-combust ib le mater ia ls, bulkheads of corr idors serving accommodat ion spaces, service spaces and control stat ions shal l be of "B-15" c lass div is ions.
3.2. In vessels, the hul l of which is constructed of combust ib le mater ia ls, bulkheads of corr idors serving accommodat ion spaces, service spaces and control stat ions shal l be of "F" c lass div is ions.
3.3. Any bulkhead requi red by paragraph 3.1 or paragraph 3.2 shal l extend f rom deck to deck unless a cont inuous cei l ing of the same class as the bulkhead is f i t ted on both sides of the bulkhead, in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous cei l ing.
4. Inter ior sta irways serving accommodat ion spaces, service spaces or contro l stat ions shal l be of steel or other equivalent mater ia l . Such stairways shal l be with in enclosures constructed of "F" c lass div is ions in vessels the hul l of which is constructed of combust ib le mater ia ls, or "B-15" c lass div is ions in vessels the hul l of which is constructed of non-combustible mater ia ls, provided that where a stairway penetrates only one deck i t need be enclosed at one level only.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-30
5. Doors and other c losures of openings in bulkheads and decks referred to in paragraphs 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3, doors f i t ted to sta irway enclosures referred to in paragraph 4 and doors f i t ted in engine and boi ler casings, shal l be as far as pract icable equivalent in resist ing f i re to the div is ions in which they are f i t ted. Doors to machinery spaces of category A shal l be sel f-c losing.
6. Li f t t runks which pass through the accommodat ion and service spaces shal l be constructed of steel or equivalent mater ia l and shal l be provided with means of c losing which wi l l permit control of draught and smoke.
7.1. In vessels, the hul l of which is constructed of combust ib le mater ia ls, the boundary bulkheads and decks of spaces containing any emergency source of power and bulkheads and decks between gal leys, paint rooms, lamp rooms or any store-rooms which contain appreciable quant i t ies of highly f lammable mater ials, and accommodat ion spaces, service spaces or contro l stat ions shal l be constructed of "F" c lass or "B-15" c lass div is ions.
7.2. In vessels, the hul l of which is constructed of non-combust ib le mater ia ls, the decks and bulkheads referred to in paragraph 7.1 shal l be "A" c lass div is ions insulated to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, having in mind the r isk of f i re, except that the Administrat ion may accept "B-15" c lass div is ions between a gal ley and accommodat ion spaces, service spaces and control stat ions when the gal ley contains electr ical ly heated furnaces, electr ical ly heated hot water appl iances or other e lectr ical ly heated appl iances only.
7.3. Highly f lammable products shal l be carr ied in sui tably sealed containers.
8. Where bulkheads or decks required by paragraphs 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 5, 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3 to be of "A" c lass, "B" c lass or "F" c lass div is ions, are penetrated for the passage of electr ical cables, p ipes, t runks, ducts, etc. , arrangements shal l be made to ensure that the f i re integri ty of the div is ion is not impaired.
9. Ai r spaces enclosed behind cei l ings, panel l ings or l in ings in accommodat ion spaces, service spaces and control stat ions shal l be div ided by close- f i t t ing draught stops spaced not more than 7 m apart .
10. Windows and skyl ights to machinery spaces shal l be as fol lows:
10.1. where skyl ights can be opened they shal l be capable of being closed f rom outside the space. Skyl ights contain ing glass panels shal l be f i t ted with external shut ters of steel or other equivalent mater ial permanent ly at tached;
10.2. glass or s imi lar mater ials shal l not be f i t ted in machinery space boundar ies. This does not preclude the use of wi re-re inforced glass for skyl ights and glass in contro l rooms wi th in the machinery spaces; and
10.3. in skyl ights referred to in paragraph 10.1, wi re-re inforced glass shal l be used.
11 Insulat ing mater ials in accommodation spaces, service spaces except domest ic refr igerat ing compartments, f ish holds and f ish washing or processing spaces, control stat ions and machinery spaces shal l be non-combustible. The sur face of insulat ion f i t ted on the internal boundar ies of machinery spaces of category A shal l be impervious to o i l or oi l vapours.
12. With in compartments used for stowage of f ish, combust ible insulat ion shal l be protected by close-f i t t ing cladding.
13. Notwithstanding the requirements of this art ic le, the Administrat ion may accept "A-0" c lass div is ions in l ieu of "B-15" or "F" c lass div is ions, having regard to the amount of combust ible mater ials used in adjacent spaces.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-31
Article 228-5.29
Venti lat ion systems
1. Means shal l be provided to stop fans and close main openings to venti lat ion systems from outside the spaces served.
2. Means shal l be provided for c losing, f rom a safe posi t ion, the annular spaces around funnels.
3. Venti lat ion openings may be permi tted in and under the doors in corr idor bulkheads except that such openings shal l not be permit ted in and under sta irway enclosure doors. The openings shal l be provided only in the lower hal f of a door. Where one or more such openings are in or under a door the tota l net area of any such opening or openings shal l not exceed 0.05 m 2 . When such opening is cut in a door i t shal l be f i t ted wi th a gr i l le made of non-combust ib le mater ia l .
4. Venti lat ion ducts for machinery spaces of category A or gal leys shal l not in general pass through accommodat ion spaces, service spaces or contro l stat ions. Where the Administrat ion permi ts th is arrangement, the ducts shal l be constructed of steel or equivalent mater ial and arranged to preserve the integri ty of the div is ions.
5. Venti lat ion ducts of accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stat ions shal l not in general pass through machinery spaces of category A or through gal leys. Where the Administrat ion permi ts this arrangement the ducts shal l be constructed of steel or equivalent mater ia l and arranged to preserve the integri ty of the div is ions.
6. Store-rooms containing appreciable quanti t ies of h ighly f lammable products shal l be provided with vent i lat ion arrangements which are separate f rom other vent i lat ion systems. Venti lat ion shal l be arranged at h igh and low levels and the in lets and outlets of vent i lators shal l be posi t ioned in [safe] areas. Suitable wire mesh guards to arrest sparks shal l be f i t ted over in let and out let vent i lat ion openings.
7. Venti lat ion systems serving machinery spaces shal l be independent of systems serving other spaces.
8. Where t runks or ducts service spaces on both sides of "A" c lass bulkheads or decks, dampers shal l be f i t ted so as to prevent the spread of f i re and smoke between compartments. Manual dampers shal l be operable f rom both sides of the bulkhead or the deck. Where the t runks or ducts wi th a f ree cross-sect ional area exceeding 0.02 m [ 2 ] pass through "A" c lass bulkheads or decks, automat ic sel f -c losing dampers shal l be f i t ted. However, dampers shal l not be mandatory where ducts pass through but do not serve spaces surrounded by "A" c lass div is ions, provided that they have the same f i re integri ty as the bulkheads through which they pass. Trunks serving compartments s i tuated only on one side of such bulkheads shal l comply wi th the requirements of paragraph 1.2 of art ic le 228-5.09.
9. The vent i lat ion duct dampers referred to in paragraphs 1, 2 and 8 shal l be constructed of non-combustible mater ial .
Article 228-5.30
Heat ing instal lat ions
1. Electr ic radiators shal l be f ixed in posi t ion and so constructed as to reduce f i re r isks to a minimum. No such radiator shal l be f i t ted with an element so exposed that c loth ing, curtains or other s imi lar mater ials can be scorched or set on f i re by heat f rom the element.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-32
2 Heat ing by means of open f i res shal l not be permi tted. Heat ing stoves and other s imi lar appl iances shal l be f i rmly secured and adequate protect ion and insulat ion against f i re shal l be provided beneath and around such appl iances and in way of thei r uptakes. Uptakes of stoves which burn sol id fuel shal l be so arranged and designed as to minimise the possib i l i ty of becoming blocked by combust ion products and shal l have a ready means for c leaning. Dampers for l imit ing draughts in uptakes shal l , when in the closed posi t ion, st i l l leave an adequate area open. Spaces in which stoves are instal led shal l be provided with vent i lators of suf f ic ient area to provide adequate combust ion ai r for the stove. Such venti lators shal l have no means of c losure and their posi t ion shal l be such that c losing appl iances in accordance wi th regulat ion 20 are not requi red.
3. Open gas f lame appl iances, except cooking stoves and water heaters, shal l not be permit ted. Spaces containing any such stoves or water heaters shal l have adequate venti lat ion to remove fumes and possib le gas leakage to a safe place. Al l pipes conveying gas f rom container to stove or water heater shal l be of steel or other approved mater ial . Automat ic safety gas shut-off devices shal l be f i t ted to operate on loss of pressure in the gas main pipe or f lame fa i lure on any appl iance.
5. A means shal l be provided of evacuat ing exhaust gas outside.
Article 228-5.31
Miscel laneous i tems
1. Exposed surfaces wi th in accommodat ion spaces, service spaces, contro l stat ions, corr idors and stai rway enclosures and the concealed surfaces behind bulkheads, cei l ings, panel l ings and l in ings in accommodat ion spaces, service spaces, and control stat ions shal l have low f lame-spread character ist ics, as determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.
The f lame-spread character ist ics of sur faces shal l be measured in accordance with the provis ions of Chapter 321-1 of the present regulat ions.
2. Al l exposed surfaces of g lass re inforced plast ic construct ion within accommodat ion and service spaces, control stat ions, machinery spaces of category A and other machinery spaces of s imi lar f i re r isk shal l have the f inal lay-up layer of approved resin having inherent f i re-retardant propert ies or be coated with a f i re-retardant paint approved by the Administrat ion or be protected by non-combust ible mater ials.
3. Paints, varnishes and other f inishes used on exposed inter ior sur faces shal l not be capable of producing excessive quant i t ies of smoke or toxic gases or vapours, th is being determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.
4. Pr imary deck coverings wi th in accommodation and service spaces and contro l stat ions, shal l be of approved mater ia l which wi l l not readi ly igni te or give r ise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures 1 3 .
5.1. In accommodat ion and service spaces and control stat ions, p ipes penetrat ing "A" or "B" c lass div is ions shal l be of approved mater ials having regard to the temperature such div is ions are required to withstand. Where the Administrat ion permits the conveying of o i l and combustible l iquids through
13 For vessels the decks of which are constructed of steel, see the improved provisional guidelines on test procedures for primary deck coverings adopted by the Organisation by resolution A.214(VII)..
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-33
accommodat ion and service spaces, the pipes conveying oi l or combust ib le l iquids shal l be of an approved mater ial having regard to the f i re r isk.
5.2. Mater ials readi ly rendered inef fect ive by heat shal l not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary d ischarges, and other out lets which are close to the water l ine and where the fai lure of the mater ia l in the event of f i re would give r ise to danger of f looding.
6. Al l waste receptacles other than those used in f ish processing shal l be constructed of non-combustible mater ials wi th no openings in the sides and bot tom.
7. Machinery dr iv ing fuel o i l t ransfer pumps, fuel o i l uni t pumps and other s imi lar fuel pumps shal l be f i t ted wi th remote controls s i tuated outside the space concerned.
8. Drip t rays shal l be f i t ted where necessary to prevent oi l leaking into b i lges.
9. Cel lu lar plast ics shal l be used in accordance with the provis ions of Annex 228-5.A1
Article 228-5.32
Storage of gas cyl inders and other dangerous mater ia ls
1. Cyl inders for compressed, l iquef ied or dissolved gases shal l be clear ly marked by means of prescr ibed ident i fy ing colours, have a clear ly legible ident i f icat ion of the name and chemical formula of their contents and be properly secured.
2. Cyl inders containing f lammable or other dangerous gases and expended cyl inders shal l be stored, proper ly secured, on open decks and al l valves, pressure regulators and pipes leading from such cyl inders shal l be protected against damage. Cyl inders shal l be protected against excessive var iat ions in temperature, di rect rays of the sun, and accumulat ion of snow. However, the Administrat ion may permit such cyl inders to be stored in compartments complying with the requirements of paragraphs 3 to 5.
3. Spaces containing highly f lammable l iquids, such as volat i le paints, paraf f in, etc. , and where permit ted, l iquef ied gas, shal l have di rect access f rom open decks only, unless the Administrat ion considers th is requi rement unjust i f ied or unreasonable. Pressure-adjust ing devices and rel ief valves shal l exhaust within the compartment. Where boundary bulkheads of such compartments adjo in other enclosed spaces they shal l be gast ight.
4. Except as necessary for service within the space, e lectr ical wir ing and f i t t ings shal l not be permi tted with in compartments used for the storage of h ighly f lammable l iquids or l iquef ied gases. Where such electr ical f i t t ings are insta l led, they shal l be of a cer t i f ied safe type and comply with the re levant provis ions of the Internat ional Standard IEC Publ icat ion 79 "Electr ical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres". Sources of heat shal l be kept c lear of such spaces and "No smoking" and "No naked l ight" not ices shal l be displayed in a prominent posi t ion.
5. Separate storage shal l be provided for each type of compressed gas. Compartments used for the storage of such gases shal l not be used for storage of other combust ib le products nor for tools or objects not part of the gas distr ibut ion system. However, the Administrat ion may re lax these requirements consider ing the character ist ics, volume and intended use of such compressed gases.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-34
Article 228-5.33
Means of escape
1. Stairways and ladders leading to and f rom al l accommodat ion spaces and in spaces in which the crew is normal ly employed, other than machinery spaces, shal l be so arranged as to provide ready means of escape to the open deck and thence to the survival craf t . In part icular in re lat ion to these spaces:
1.1. at al l levels of accommodation at least two widely separated means of escape shall be provided which may include the normal means of access from
each restricted space or group of spaces;
1.2.1. below the weather deck the main means of escape shall be a stairway and the second escape may be a trunk or a stairway; and
1.2.2. above the weather deck the means of escape shall be stairways or doors to an open deck or a combination thereof. Where i t is not possible to f i t
stairways or doors, one of these means of escape may be by means of adequately sized portholes or hatches protected where necessary against ice
accretion; 1.3. exceptional ly the Administrat ion may permit only one means of escape, due regard being paid to the nature and locat ion of spaces and to the number of persons who normal ly might be accommodated or employed there;
1.4. a corr idor or part of a corr idor from which there is only one route of escape shal l preferably not exceed 2.5 metres in length and in no case be greater than 5 metres in length; and
1.5. the width and cont inui ty of the means of escape shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
2. Two means of escape shal l be provided f rom every machinery space of category A which shal l be as widely separated as possib le. Ver t ical escapes shal l be by means of steel ladders. Where the size of the machinery spaces makes th is ar t ic le impract icable, one of these means of escape may be omit ted. In such cases specia l considerat ion shal l be given to the remaining exi t .
3. Li f ts shal l not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.
4. Escape routes and exi ts shal l be signposted with s igns which comply with the requirements of Annex 228-5.A.2. These i l luminated signs, which may be opaque or transparent, shal l be l inked to the emergency l ight ing.
Passages forming part of regulatory passages which are not general ly used as working passageways shal l be marked wi th s igns including an addit ional "emergency exi t " s ign.
Article 228-5.34
Automat ic f i re alarm and f i re detect ion systems
Where the Administrat ion has permit ted under paragraph 1 of ar t ic le 228-5.28 a combust ible construct ion, or where otherwise appreciable amounts of combust ib le mater ials are used on the construct ion of accommodat ion spaces, service spaces and contro l stat ions, specia l considerat ion shal l be given to the insta l lat ion of an automat ic f i re alarm and f i re detect ion system in those spaces, having due regard to the size of those spaces, their arrangement and locat ion relat ive to control
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-35
stat ions as wel l as, where appl icable, the f lame-spread character ist ics of the insta l led furni ture.
Article 228-5.35
Fire pumps
1. Without prejudice to the provis ion of paragraph 2 of th is regulat ion, at least two f i re pumps shal l a lways be provided.
I f a f i re in any one compartment may put a l l the pumps out of service, the vessel shal l have another means of provid ing water for f i re f ight ing.
2. The minimum number and type of f i re pumps to be f i t ted shal l be as fol lows:
2.1. one power pump not dependent upon the main machinery for i ts mot ive power; or
2.2. one power pump dr iven by main machinery provided that the propel ler shaf t ing can be readi ly disconnected or provided that a contro l lable p i tch propel ler is f i t ted.
3. Sanitary, b i lge, bal last , general service or any other pumps may be used as f i re pumps i f they comply with the requirements of th is chapter and do not af fect the abi l i ty to cope with pumping of the bi lges. Fi re pumps shal l be so connected that they cannot be used for pumping oi l or other f lammable l iquids.
4. Centr i fugal pumps or other pumps connected to the f i re main through which backf low could occur shal l be f i t ted with nonreturn valves.
5. Vessels not f i t ted wi th a power-operated emergency f i re pump and without a f ixed f i re-ext inguishing system in the machinery spaces shal l be provided wi th addit ional f i re-ext inguishing means to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
6 Where f i t ted, addit ional power-operated f i re pumps shal l be independent ly dr iven sel f-contained pumps ei ther with their own pr ime mover and fuel supply f i t ted in an accessible posi t ion outside the compartment which contains the main f i re pumps, or be dr iven by a sel f -contained generator which may be an emergency generator of suf f ic ient capacity and which is posi t ioned outside the engine room and preferably above the working deck.
7 For any addit ional f i re pump, where f i t ted, the pump, sea-suct ion valves and other necessary valves shal l be operable f rom outside compartments contain ing main f i re pumps in a posi t ion not l ikely to be cut of f by a f i re in those compartments.
8 The total capacity (Q) of main power-operated f i re pumps shal l be at least
where L, B and D are in metres.
D is the depth of the lowest complete deck for the purpose of th is equat ion.
9. Where two independent power-operated f i re pumps are f i t ted, the capacity of each pump shal l not be less than 40% of the quant i ty required by paragraph 8 or less than 25 cubic metres an hour, whichever is the greater.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-36
10. Where main power f i re pumps are del iver ing the quant i ty of water required by paragraph 8 through the f i re main, f i re hoses and nozzles, the pressure maintained at any hydrant shal l be not less than 0.25 N/mm 2 .
11. Where power-operated emergency f i re pumps are del iver ing the maximum quant i ty of water through the jet required by paragraph 1 of art ic le 228-5.37, the pressure maintained at any hydrant shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion.
Article 228-5.36
Fire mains
1. Where more than one hydrant is required to provide the number of jets required by paragraph 1 of ar t ic le 228-5.37, a f i re main shal l be provided.
2. Mater ials readi ly rendered inef fect ive by heat shal l not be used for f i re mains, unless adequately protected.
3. Where f i re pump del ivery pressure can exceed the designed working pressure of f i re mains, rel ief valves shal l be f i t ted.
4. Fire mains shal l have no connect ions other than those required for f i re f ight ing, except for the purpose of washing the deck and anchor chains and operat ion of b i lge ejectors, subject to the ef f ic iency of the f i re- f ight ing system being maintained.
5. Where f i re mains are not sel f -draining, sui table drain cocks shal l be f i t ted where f rost damage may be expected.
Article 228-5.37
Fire hydrants, f i re hoses and nozzles
1. Fire hydrants shal l be posi t ioned so as to al low easy and quick connect ion of f i re hoses and so that at least one jet can be directed into any par t of the vessel which is normal ly accessib le during navigation.
2. The jet required in paragraph 1 shal l be f rom a single length of f i re hose.
3. In addit ion to the requirements of paragraph 1, machinery spaces of category A shal l be provided with at least one hydrant complete wi th f i re hose and dual purpose nozzle. The f i re hydrant shal l be located outside the space and near the entrance.
4. For every required f i re hydrant there shal l be one f i re hose. At least one spare f i re hose shal l be provided in addit ion to this requi rement.
5. Single lengths of f i re hose shal l not exceed 20 metres.
6. Fire hoses shal l be of an approved mater ia l . Each f i re hose shal l be provided wi th coupl ings and a dual purpose nozzle.
7. Except where f i re hoses are permanent ly at tached to the f i re main, the coupl ings of f i re hoses and nozzles shal l be completely interchangeable.
8. The nozzles as required by paragraph 6 shal l be appropr iate to the del ivery capacity of the f i re pumps f i t ted, but in any case shal l have a diameter of not less than 12 mm.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-37
Article 228-5.38
Fire ext inguishers
1 Fire ext inguishers shal l be of approved types. The capacity of required portable f lu id ext inguishers shal l not be more than 13.5 l i t res and not less than 9 l i t res. Other ext inguishers shal l not be in excess of the equivalent por tabi l i ty of the 13.5 l i t re f lu id ext inguisher and shal l not be less than the f i re-ext inguishing equivalent of a 9 l i t re f lu id ext inguisher. The Administrat ion shal l determine the equivalents of f i re ext inguishers.
2.1 For each type of f i re ext inguisher carr ied, capable of being recharged on board, 100% spare charges for the f i rst 10 ext inguishers shal l be provided and 50% for the remaining ext inguishers but not more than 60.
2.2 For vessels with a length of less than 45 metres and for f i re ext inguishers which cannot be recharged on board, at least 50% addit ional f i re ext inguishers of the same type and capacity shal l be provided in l ieu of spare charges.
2.3 Instruct ions for recharging shal l be carr ied on board. Only ref i l ls approved for the f i re ext inguishers in question may be used for recharging.
3 Fire ext inguishers contain ing an ext inguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administrat ion, e i ther by i tsel f or under expected condit ions of use, g ives of f toxic gases in such quant i t ies as to endanger persons shal l not be permit ted.
4 Fire ext inguishers shal l be examined annual ly by a competent person, authorised by the Administrat ion. Each ext inguisher shal l be provided with a s ign indicat ing that i t has been examined. Al l containers of permanent ly pressurised f i re ext inguishers and propel lant bot t les of non-pressurised ext inguishers shal l be hydraul ic pressure tested every 10 years .
5. Normal ly, one of the por table f i re ext inguishers intended for use in any space shal l be stowed near an entrance to that space.
Article 228-5.39
Portable f i re ext inguishers in contro l stat ions and accommodat ion and service spaces
1. A suf f ic ient number of approved portable f i re ext inguishers shal l be provided in control stat ions and accommodat ion and service spaces to ensure that at least one ext inguisher of a sui table type is readi ly avai lable for use in any part of such spaces. The tota l number of ext inguishers in these spaces, however, shal l not be less than three.
2.1 For each type of f i re ext inguisher , capable of being recharged on board, at least 100% spare charges for the f i rst 10 f i re ext inguishers shal l be provided and 50% for the remaining ext inguishers but not more than 60.
2.2 For vessels with a length of less than 45 metres and for f i re ext inguishers which cannot be recharged on board, at least 50% addit ional ext inguishers of the same type and capacity shal l be provided in l ieu of spare charges.
2.3 Instruct ions for recharging ext inguishers should be carr ied on board. Only ref i l ls approved for the ext inguishers in quest ion may be used for recharging.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-38
Article 228-5.40(amended by the Order of 2 July 2001)
Fire-ext inguishing appl iances in machinery spaces
1.1. Spaces containing oi l - f i red boi lers, fuel o i l uni ts or internal combust ion machinery having a tota l power output of not less than 375 ki lowatts shal l be provided with one of the fo l lowing f ixed f i re-ext inguishing systems, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion:
1.1.1. a pressure water-spraying insta l lat ion;
1.1.2. a f i re-smother ing gas insta l lat ion;
1.1.3. a f i re-ext inguishing insta l lat ion using vapours f rom low toxic i ty vapour is ing l iquids; or
1.1.4. a f i re-ext inguishing insta l lat ion using high expansion foam.
1.1.5. an authorised f i re-ext inguishing insta l lat ion using an authorised gas.
A l ist of authorised insta l lat ions and authorised gases is g iven in Annex 322 -6.A.1 to Sect ion 322.
Instal lat ions using author ised gases shal l comply wi th the provis ions of Chapter 322-6 in Sect ion 322.
1.2 New instal lat ions of halogenated hydrocarbon systems used as f i re-ext inguishing media shal l be prohibi ted on new and exist ing vessels.
1.3. Where the engine and boi ler rooms are not ent i re ly separated f rom each other or i f fuel oi l can drain from the boi ler room into the engine room, the combined engine and boi ler rooms shal l be considered as one compartment.
2. Instal lat ions l is ted in paragraph 1.1 shal l be contro l led f rom readi ly accessib le posi t ions outside such spaces not l ikely to be cut off by a f i re in the protected space. Arrangements shal l be made to ensure the supply of power and water necessary for the operat ion of the system in the event of f i re in the protected space.
3. Vessels which are constructed mainly or whol ly of wood or f ibre re inforced plast ic and f i t ted with o i l - f i red boi lers or internal combust ion machinery which are decked in way of the machinery space with such mater ial , shal l be provided with one of the ext inguishing systems referred to in paragraph 1.
4. In al l machinery spaces of category A, at least two portable ext inguishers shal l be provided, of a type sui table for ext inguishing f i res involv ing fuel oi l . Where such spaces contain machinery which has a tota l power output of not less than 250 kW, at least three such ext inguishers shal l be provided. One of the ext inguishers shal l be stowed near the entrance to the space.
5. Vessels having machinery spaces not protected by a f ixed f i re-ext inguishing system shal l be provided with at least a 45 l i t re foam extinguisher or i ts equivalent , sui table for f ight ing oi l f i res. Where the size of the machinery spaces makes th is provis ion impract icable, the Administrat ion may accept an addit ional number of portable f i re ext inguishers.
6. Notwithstanding the provis ions of th is ar t ic le, a l l machinery spaces of category A shal l have a f ixed f i re-ext inguishing system.
7. Means shal l be provided to renew the air in the space in quest ion after the gas has ext inguished the f i re.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-39
Article 228-5.41
Firef ighter 's out f i ts
For vessels with a length of 45 metres and over at least two f i ref ighter 's out f i ts shal l be carr ied and stored in readi ly accessib le widely separated posi t ions, which are not l ikely to be cut of f in the event of f i re. The f i ref ighter 's out f i ts shal l be in accordance with the IMO Fire Safety Systems (FSS Code), Chapter I I (s ic) regulat ions 2.1, 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 adopted by resolut ion MSC.98 (73) .
At least two spare charges shal l be provided for each required breathing apparatus .
Article 228-5.42
Fire contro l plan
There shal l be a permanently exhib i ted f i re control plan. The contents of such a plan shal l be in accordance with IMO Resolut ion A.654 (16) "Graphic symbols for f i re contro l p lans" and IMO Resolut ion A.756 (18) "Guidel ines on the informat ion to be provided with f i re contro l p lans" .
In vessels wi th a length of less than 45 metres, the Administrat ion may dispense with th is requirement .
Article 228-5.43
Ready avai labi l i ty of f i re-ext inguishing appl iances
Fire-ext inguishing appl iances shal l be kept in good order and avai lable for immediate use at al l t imes.
Article 228-5.44
Acceptance of subst i tutes
Where in th is part any special type of appl iance, apparatus, ext inguishing medium or arrangement is speci f ied, any other type of appl iance, etc. , may be al lowed provided the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that i t is not less ef fect ive.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-40
ANNEX 228-5.A.1
USE OF CELLULAR PLASTICS IN FISHING VESSELS(Art icles 228-5.11 and 228-5.31)
1. General:
Numerous cel lu lar p last ics, including those label led "sel f-ext inguishing", such as polyurethane foam, present the fo l lowing basic r isks when exposed to f i re or intense heat:
- f lame spreads rapid ly in the absence of any covering;
- very high temperatures (on occasions in excess of 1,000 °C) reached in a very short space of t ime;
- large quant i t ies of highly toxic gas and very hot , dense smoke quickly produced.
The use of cel lular p last ics on board ships therefore needs to be str ict ly
regulated.
Risks connected wi th the use of insulat ion are not covered by this annex.
2. Application:
2.1. This annex shal l not apply to mater ia ls used in the construct ion of the shel l .
I t shal l not apply to mater ials used to guarantee buoyancy in the event of damage or to ensure smal l uni ts do not s ink in so far as the minister for the merchant mar ine considers such mater ia ls warranted.
2.2. This annex is more speci f ical ly concerned with the use of polystyrene foam and polyurethane foam.
The combust ion products of expanded polystyrene are probably less toxic than those of polyurethane foams. However, i t burns violent ly, producing large quant i t ies of smoke and is therefore equal ly dangerous in many respects.
The term "foam" shal l be used hereinaf ter to refer to ei ther of these products. The use of other cel lu lar p last ics shal l be examined separately by the Administrat ion.
3. Conditions of use of cel lular plastics on board fishing vessels:
3.1. Foam, protected by a metal casing, may be used to insulate cer ta in f ree-standing apparatus such as refr igerators, to insulate low-pressure CO2 storage tanks and to insulate cold rooms.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-41
3.2. Foam may only be used for mattresses and bedding in cabins f i t ted with smoke detectors. In such cases, foam mattresses shal l comply with the provis ions of Sect ion 311 of these regulat ions.
Foam may be used for other furnishings, such as cushions and upholstery, provided a non-f lammable or f lame retardant s leeve or cover is used (tested in accordance with FTP Code).
3.3. Electr ic cables passing through bulkheads and insulated decks shal l be separated from foam by a steel sheet or duct, wi th an appropriate space maintained between the foam and the protect ive sheet or duct .
An ai r-kni fe shal l be maintained between electr ic cabl ing or electr ic equipment and the protect ive foam casing.
3.4. Except where used in accordance with paragraph 3.2, foam shal l be "sel f -ext inguishing" in accordance with standard NF T 56-125 or any other standard judged equivalent by the minister for the merchant marine. A test report shal l be submitted.
3.5. Not ices shal l be displayed in prominent posi t ions inside and outside foam-insulated spaces. These not ices shal l draw attent ion to the need for extreme care when engaging in operat ions such as welding or f lame cutt ing nearby.
Foam shal l be removed f rom the local zones in quest ion when operat ions such as welding or f lame cut t ing are to be carr ied out .
3.6. The state of the protect ive foam casing shal l be inspected per iodical ly.
3.7. The use of foam for insulat ing accommodat ion spaces, control stat ions, service spaces (except refr igerated spaces) and machinery spaces is prohibi ted.
3.8. Insulat ion of p iping and sheaths
Foam shal l not be used to insulate p iping or sheaths in the fo l lowing spaces:- accommodat ion spaces, contro l stat ions, service spaces (except refr igerated spaces);- machinery spaces other than spaces which only contain the refr igerat ing plant .
3.9. Insulat ion of f ish-holds and refr igerated service spaces.
Foam may be used to insulate f ish-holds and refr igerated service spaces, provided that i t is covered by a c lose-f i t t ing casing which may be:- a metal l in ing or - a chipboard or plyboard l in ing or- a sui table protect ive layer which makes the insulat ion and protect ive layer as
a whole low f lame spread.
Flame spread propert ies shal l be measured in accordance with Chapter 321-1 of these regulat ions.
There shal l be no air-kni fe between the foam and the casing.
3.10. Insulat ion of d iv is ions between f ish-holds or refr igerated service spaces and machinery spaces and service spaces of h igh f i re r isk.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-42
In vessels of 24 metres in length and over, foam shal l not be used to insulate div is ions between f ish-holds or refr igerated service spaces and machinery spaces or service spaces of high f i re r isk (gal leys, pantr ies contain ing cooking appl iances, paint rooms, lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 square metres or more, and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.
However, this provis ion shal l not apply i f the div is ions in quest ion are insulated to at least the equivalent of an A-30 bulkhead.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-43
ANNEX 228-5.A.2(Art icle 228-5.13)
ESCAPE AND FIRE SIGNS
1. Pictograms shal l be as simple as possible, omit t ing detai ls which do not a id comprehension.
The pictograms used may vary s l ight ly or be more detai led than the i l lustrat ions below, provided that their meaning is equivalent and there are no di f ferences or changes which obscure their meaning.Pictograms in accordance with IMO resolut ions A.603 (15) or A.654 (15) or an escape and f i re s ign standard in force in another Member State of the European Economic Community shal l be deemed to meet the requirements of th is annex.Signs may include an addit ional s ign.
2. Signs shal l be made from a mater ia l which is highly resistant to shock, bad weather and environmental st resses.
The dimensions and calor imetr ic and photometr ic propert ies of s igns shal l be such that they can be clear ly seen and understood.
3. Signs shal l be instal led, in pr incip le, at a sui table height and posi t ion in re lat ion to the viewing angle, having regard to any obstacles ei ther to access to a zone in the case of a general r isk, or to the immediate proximity of a speci f ic r isk or the object of the sign, in a wel l l ighted and easi ly accessible and vis ible locat ion.
In poor natural l ight ing condi t ions, phosphorescent colours, ref lect ive mater ia ls or ar t i f ic ia l l ight ing may be used, as appropriate.
4. A sign shal l be removed when there is no longer any need for i t .
5. Rescue signs shal l be rectangular or square and pictograms shal l be white on a green background (with the green covering at least 50% of the sur face of the sign) . The signs to be used are i l lustrated below:
emergency escape and exi t
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-44
CHAPTER 228-6
PROTECTION OF THE CREW
Article 228-6.01
General protect ion measures
1 A l i fe l ine system shal l be designed to be ef fect ive for a l l needs and the necessary wires, ropes, shackles, eye bol ts and cleats shal l be provided.
2 Deck openings provided with coamings or s i l ls of less than 600 mm in height shal l be provided with guards, such as hinged or portable ra i l ings or net t ings. The Administrat ion may exempt smal l openings such as f ish scut t les from compl iance with these requirements.
3 Skyl ights, or other s imi lar openings shal l be f i t ted with protect ive bars not more than 350 mm apart. The Administrat ion may exempt smal l openings from compl iance with this requi rement.
4 The sur face of a l l decks shal l be so designed or t reated as to minimise the possib i l i ty of personnel s l ipping. In part icular, decks of working areas, such as in machinery spaces, in gal leys, at winches and where f ish is handled, as wel l as at the foot and head of ladders and in f ront of doors, shal l be provided with anti -skid sur faces.
Article 228-6.02
Deck openings
1 Hinged covers of hatchways, manholes and other openings shal l be protected against accidental c losing. In par t icular, heavy covers on escape hatches shal l be equipped wi th counterweights, and so constructed as to be capable of being opened f rom each side of the cover.
2 Dimensions of access hatches shal l not be less than 600 mm by 600 mm or 600 mm in d iameter.
3 Where pract icable, hand-holds shal l be provided above the level of the deck over escape openings.
Article 228-6.03
Bulwarks, ra i ls and guards
1 Eff ic ient bulwarks or guard rai ls shal l be f i t ted on al l exposed parts of the working deck and on superstructure decks i f they are working platforms. The height of bulwarks or guard rai ls above deck shal l be at least 1 m. Where th is height would interfere with the normal operat ion of the vessel, a lesser height may be approved by the Administrat ion.
2 The minimum vert ical d istance f rom the deepest operat ing water l ine to the lowest point of the top of the bulwark, or to the edge of the working deck i f guard ra i ls are f i t ted, shal l ensure adequate protect ion of the crew from water shipped on deck, taking into account the sea states and the weather condit ions in which the vessel may operate, the areas of operat ion, type of vessel and i ts method of f ishing.The f reeboard measured amidships from the edge of the working deck f rom which f ishing is undertaken, shal l be not less than 300 mm or not less than the f reeboard corresponding wi th the maximum permissible draught, whichever is the greater.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-45
For vessels with shel tered working decks, which are so arranged that water wi l l not enter the sheltered working spaces no minimum freeboard other than the one corresponding wi th the maximum permissible draught is required .
3 Clearance below the lowest course of guard ra i ls shal l not exceed 230 mm. Other courses shal l not be more than 380 mm apart, and the distance between stanchions shal l not be more than 1.5 m. In a vessel with rounded gunwales, guard ra i l supports shal l be placed on the f lat of the deck. Rai ls shal l be f ree f rom sharp points, edges and corners and shal l be of adequate strength.
4 Means to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, such as guard ra i ls, l i fe l ines, gangways or underdeck passages, shal l be provided to protect the crew in moving between accommodat ion, machinery and other working spaces. Storm rai ls shal l be f i t ted as necessary to the outside of a l l deckhouses and casings to secure safety of passage or work for the crew.
5 Stern t rawlers shal l be provided with sui table protect ion such as doors, gates or nets at the top of the stern ramp at the same height as the adjacent bulwark or guard rai ls. When such protect ion is not in posi t ion a chain or other sui table means of protect ion shal l be provided across the ramp.
Article 228-6.04
Stairways and ladders
For the safety of the crew, stai rways and ladders of adequate size and strength with handrai ls and non-sl ip t reads shal l be provided in compl iance with the re levant ISO standards.
Article 228-6.05
Fishing gear
1. Fishing gear shal l be designed in accordance with the re levant requirements of Sect ion 214.
2. Fishing gear controls shal l be designed and arranged so as to minimise the r isk of false manoeuvres during f ishing operat ions;
3. Emergency shutof f devices shal l be provided to the sat isfact ion of the re levant authori ty.
Article 228-6.06
Workstations
1. Working areas shal l be kept c lear and, where pract icable, shal l be protected f rom the sea and shal l of fer adequate protect ion to prevent workers fa l l ing on deck or overboard.
Fish processing areas shal l be suf f ic ient ly large and high.
2. Tract ion equipment contro ls shal l be insta l led in an area large enough for operators to work comfortably.
Tract ion equipment shal l also be f i t ted wi th sui table emergency safety arrangements, including emergency shutof f devices.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-46
3. Tract ion equipment operators shal l have a clear v iew of the equipment and of the men at work.
Where t ract ion equipment is contro l led f rom the br idge, the operator shal l l ikewise have a clear v iew of the men at work, e i ther direct ly or using any appropriate means.
4. A rel iable communicat ion system shal l be provided between the br idge and the working deck.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-47
CHAPTER 228-7
LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCES AND ARRANGEMENTS
PART 1
GENERAL
Art ic le 228-7.01
Application
1. Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shal l apply to new vessels of 24 metres in length and over.
Ar t ic le 228-7.02
Definit ions
1. "Float- f ree launching" is that method of launching a survival craft whereby the craf t is automat ical ly re leased f rom a sinking vessel and is ready for use.
2. "Free-fa l l launching" is that method of launching a survival craf t whereby the craf t wi th i ts complement of persons and equipment on board is released and al lowed to fa l l into the sea without any restra in ing apparatus.
3. "Inf latable appl iance" is an appl iance which depends upon non-r ig id, gas-f i l led chambers for buoyancy and which is normal ly kept uninf lated unti l ready for use.
4. "Inf lated appl iance" is an appl iance which depends upon non-r ig id, gas-f i l led chambers for buoyancy and which is kept inf lated and ready for use at a l l t imes.
5. "Launching appl iance or arrangement" is a means of t ransferr ing a survival craft or rescue boat from i ts stowed posi t ion safely to the water.
6. "Novel l i fe-saving appl iance or arrangement" is a l i fe-saving appl iance or arrangement which embodies new features not ful ly covered by the provis ions of this chapter but which provides an equal or h igher standard of safety.
7. "Rescue boat" is a boat designed to rescue persons in distress and to marshal l survival craf t .
8. "Retro-ref lect ive mater ial " is a mater ia l which ref lects in the opposite di rect ion a beam of l ight di rected on i t .
9. "Survival craft " is a craft capable of sustain ing the l ives of persons in distress f rom the t ime of abandoning the vessel .
Ar t ic le 228-7.03
Evaluation, test ing and approval ofl ife-saving appliances and arrangements
1. Except as provided in paragraphs 5 and 6, l i fe-saving appl iances and arrangements requi red by th is chapter shal l be approved by the Administrat ion.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-48
2. Before giv ing approval to l i fe-saving appl iances and arrangements, the Administrat ion shal l ensure that such l i fe-saving appl iances and arrangements are tested, to conf i rm that they comply with the requirements of th is chapter, in accordance with the requirements of Sect ion 311 and the IMO Recommendat ion on Test ing of L i fe-Saving Appl iances adopted in resolut ion MSC.81 (70 );
2.1 with the recommendations of the Organisat ion; or
2.2 have successful ly undergone, to the sat isfaction of the Administration, tests which are substantial ly equivalent to those specified in those
recommendations.
3. Before giv ing approval to novel l i fe-saving appl iances or arrangements, the Administrat ion shal l ensure that such appl iances or arrangements:
3.1 provide safety standards at least equivalent to the requirements of th is chapter and have been evaluated and tested in accordance with the recommendations of the Organisat ion; or
3.2 have successful ly undergone, to the sat isfaction of the Administration, evaluation and tests which are substantial ly equivalent to the evaluation and
tests prescribed by those recommendations.
4. Procedures adopted by the Administrat ion for approval shal l a lso include the condit ions whereby approval would cont inue or would be withdrawn.
5. Before accept ing l i fe-saving appl iances and arrangements that have not been previously approved by the Administrat ion, the Administrat ion shal l be sat isf ied that l i fe-saving appl iances and arrangements comply with the requirements of this chapter.
6. Li fe-saving appl iances required by th is chapter for which detai led speci f icat ions are not included in Section 311 shal l be to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, taking into considerat ion the detai led speci f icat ions as given in Chapter I I I of SOLAS 1974, as amended, and the IMO Internat ional Li fe-Saving Appl iance Code (LSA Code).
Ar t ic le 228-7.04
Production tests
The Administrat ion shal l require l i fe-saving appl iances to be subjected to such product ion tests as are necessary to ensure that the l i fe-saving appl iances are manufactured to the same standard as the approved prototype.
PART 2
VESSEL REQUIREMENTS
Art ic le 228-7.05
Number and types of survival craft and rescue boats
1. Every vessel shal l be provided with at least two survival craf t .
2. The number, capacity and type of survival craf t and rescue boats of vessels of 75 metres in length and over shal l comply with the fo l lowing:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-49
2.1 survival craf t of suf f ic ient aggregate capacity to accommodate on each side of the vessel at least the tota l number of persons on board shal l be provided. However, i f the vessel compl ies with subdivis ion requirements, damage stabi l i ty cr i ter ia and cr i ter ia of increased structural f i re protect ion addi t ional to those st ipulated by ar t ic le 228-3-14 and by Chapter 228-5, and the Administrat ion considers that a decrease of the number of survival craf t and their capacity wi l l not af fect safety, the Administrat ion may al low th is decrease provided that the aggregate capaci ty of survival craf t s i tuated on each side of the vessel is suf f ic ient to accommodate at least 50 per cent of the persons on board. In addit ion, l i feraf ts with an aggregate capaci ty suf f ic ient to accommodate at least 50 per cent of the total number of persons on board shal l be provided; and
2.2 a rescue boat shal l be provided unless the vessel is provided with a l i feboat which fu l f i ls the requirements for a rescue boat and which is capable of being recovered after the rescue operat ion.
3. Vessels of less than 75 metres in length but of 45 metres in length and over shal l comply with the fol lowing:
3.1 survival craft of sufficient aggregate capacity to accommodate on each side of the vessel at least the total number of persons on board shall be
provided; and
3.2 a rescue boat shal l be provided, unless the vessel is provided with a sui table survival craf t which is capable of being recovered af ter the rescue operat ion.
4. Vessels of less than 45 metres in length shal l comply with the fo l lowing:
4.1 survival craf t of suf f ic ient aggregate capacity to accommodate at least 200% of the total number of persons on board shal l be provided. These survival craf t shal l be capable of being launched on ei ther s ide of the vessel in suf f ic ient number to accommodate at least the tota l number of persons on board; and
4.2 a rescue boat shal l be provided, unless the Administrat ion considers that none is required, given the size and manoeuvrabi l i ty of the vessel, the proximity of search and rescue faci l i t ies and meteorological warning systems and the fact that the vessel operates in zones which are not subject to bad weather or on a seasonal basis.
5. In l ieu of meet ing the requirements of paragraph 2.1 or paragraph 3.1 and paragraph 4.1, vessels may carry one or more l i feboats capable of being free-fa l l launched over the stern of the vessel of suf f ic ient capacity to accommodate the total number of persons on board and with l i feraf ts of suf f ic ient capacity to accommodate the tota l number of persons on board.
6. The number of l i feboats and rescue boats that are carr ied on vessels shal l be suf f ic ient to ensure that in provid ing for abandonment by the total number of persons on board not more than nine l i ferafts need be marshal led by each l i feboat or rescue boat.
7. The survival craf t and rescue boats shal l comply wi th the appl icable requirements of Sect ion 311.
However, the Administrat ion may al low vessels of less than 45 metres in length to remove rescue boats of less than 3.8 metres but over 3.3 metres in length i f such boats are considered unreasonable or impract icable g iven the size of the vessel or other operat ing constra ints.
In th is case, the rescue boat shal l be capable of carry ing at least 4 persons seated and one person ly ing down.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-50
Art ic le 228-7.06
Avai labi l i ty and stowage of survival craf t and rescue boats
1. Survival craf t shal l :
1.1 be readi ly avai lable in case of emergency;
1.2 be capable of being launched safety and rapid ly under the condit ions required by Sect ion 311;
1.3 be capable of rapid recovery i f fu l f i l l ing also the requirements for a rescue boat; and
1.4 be so stowed that :
1.4.1 the marshal l ing of persons at the embarkat ion deck is not impeded;
1.4.2 their prompt handl ing is not impeded;
1.4.3 embarkat ion can be ef fected rapidly and in good order ; and
1.4.4 the operat ion of any other survival craf t is not inter fered with.
2. Where the distance f rom the embarkation deck to the water l ine of the vessel in the l ightest operat ing condit ion exceeds 4.5 metres, survival craf t , except f loat-f ree l i ferafts, shal l be capable of being davi t- launched wi th a ful l complement of persons or be provided wi th equivalent approved means of embarkation.
3. Survival craft and launching appl iances shal l be in working order and avai lable for immediate use before the vessel leaves por t and kept so at a l l t imes when at sea.
4.1 Survival craf t shal l be stowed: - so that nei ther the survival craf t nor i ts stowing arrangements wi l l in terfere with the operat ion of any other survival craf t ,
- as near to the water surface as is safe and pract icable and, in the case of a survival craf t other than a l i feraf t in tended for throw overboard launching, in such a posi t ion that the survival craft in the embarkation posi t ion is not less than 2 metres above the water l ine with the vessel in ful ly loaded condit ion under unfavourable condi t ions of tr im of up to 10° and l isted up to 20° ei ther way, or to the angle at which the ship's weatherdeck edge becomes submerged, whichever is less;
- in a state of cont inuous readiness so that the crew members can carry out preparat ions for embarkation and launching in less than 5 minutes;
- ful ly equipped as required by this chapter .
4.2 Every l i feboat shal l be at tached to a separate set of davi ts or approved launching appl iance.
4.3 Survival craf t shal l be posi t ioned as close to accommodat ion and service
spaces as possib le, stowed in sui table posi t ions to ensure safe launching, with
part icular regard to c learance f rom the propel ler. Li feboats for lower ing down the
vessel 's s ide shal l be stowed wi th regard to steeply overhanging port ions of the
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
Desmoulins, 03/01/-1,
Directive 2002/35/EC
228-51
hul l , so ensuring, as far as pract icable, that they can be launched down the
straight s ide of the vessel . I f posi t ioned forward, they shal l be stowed abaft the
col l is ion bulkhead in a sheltered posi t ion and in this respect the Administrat ion
shal l g ive special considerat ion to the strength of the davi ts.
4.4 The method of launching and recovering of rescue boats shal l be approved taking into account the weight of the rescue boat including i ts equipment and the number of persons which i t is author ised to carry as def ined in Section 311, the construct ion and size of the rescue boat and i ts posi t ion of stowage above the water l ine in the vessel 's l ightest operat ing condit ion. However, every rescue boat stowed at a height of more than 4.5 metres above the water l ine in the vessel 's l ightest operat ing condit ion shal l be provided with approved arrangements for launching and recovery.
4.5 Launching and embarkat ion appl iances shal l comply with the requi rements
of Sect ion 311.
4.6.1 The l i ferafts shal l be so stowed as to be readi ly avai lable in case of emergency in such a manner as to permit them to f loat f ree f rom their stowage, inf late and break free from the vessel in the event of i ts s inking. However, davi t -launched l i feraf ts need not f loat free.
4.6.2 Lashings, i f used, shal l be f i t ted wi th an automat ic (hydrostat ic) re lease system of an approved type.
4.7 The Administrat ion, i f i t is sat isf ied that the construct ional features of the vessel and the method of f ishing operat ion may render i t unreasonable and impract ical to apply par t icular provis ions of th is paragraph, may accept re laxat ions f rom such provis ions, provided that the vessel is f i t ted wi th al ternat ive launching and recovering arrangements adequate for the service for which i t is intended. The Administrat ion which has al lowed al ternat ive launching and recovery arrangements under th is subparagraph shal l inform the Organisat ion of the par t iculars of such arrangements for c irculat ion to other Part ies.
Ar t ic le 228-7.07
Embarkat ion into survival craf t
Suitable arrangements shal l be made for embarkat ion into the survival craf t which shal l include:
1. at least one ladder, or other approved means, on each side of the vessel to af ford access to the survival craf t when waterborne, except where the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that the distance from the point of embarkation to the waterborne survival craf t is such that a ladder is unnecessary;
2. means for i l luminat ing the stowage posi t ion of survival craf t and their
launching appl iances dur ing preparat ion for and the process of launching, and also
for i l luminat ing the water into which the survival craf t are launched unt i l the
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-52
process of launching is completed, the power for which is to be suppl ied f rom the
emergency source required by ar t ic le 228-4.17;
3. arrangements for warning al l persons on board that the vessel is about to be abandoned; and
4. means for preventing discharge of water into the survival craf t .
Ar t ic le 228-7.08
Lifejackets
1. For every person on board, a l i fejacket of an approved type complying with the requirements of Sect ion 311 shal l be carr ied.
2. Li fe jackets shal l be so placed as to be readi ly accessib le and their posi t ion shal l be pla inly indicated.
Art ic le 228-7.09(amended by the Order of 2 May 2002)
Immersion suits and thermal protect ive aids
1. An approved immersion sui t , of an appropriate s ize, complying wi th the requirements of Sect ion 331 shal l be provided for every person assigned to crew the rescue boat.
2. Vessels complying with the requirements of art ic le 228-7.05 paragraphs 2 and 3 shal l carry immersion sui ts complying with the requirements of Section 311 for every person on board not accommodated in:
.1 l i feboats; or
.2 davi t - launched l i ferafts; or
.3 l i ferafts served by equivalent approved appl iances which do not require
entry into the water to board the l i feraft .
Vessels operat ing more than 20 mi les f rom the nearest land shal l carry an immersion sui t complying wi th the requi rements of Sect ion 331 for every person on board.
3.1 In addit ion to the immersion sui ts required by paragraph 2, vessels shal l carry for each l i feboat at least three immersion sui ts complying with the requirements of Sect ion 311.
3.2 Vessels shal l carry thermal protect ive aids complying with the requirements of Section 311 for persons to be accommodated in the l i feboats and not provided with immersion sui ts.
3.3 These immersion sui ts and thermal protect ive aids need not be requi red i f the vessel is equipped with ei ther tota l ly enclosed l i feboats of such aggregate capacity as to accommodate on each side of the vessel at least the tota l number of
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-53
persons on board or a f ree- fa l l l i feboat of suf f ic ient capaci ty to accommodate the total number of persons on board.
4. The requi rements of paragraphs 2 and 3 above do not apply to vessels constant ly engaged in warm cl imates as def ined in the International Convention on Load Lines 1966 and i ts annexes.
5. The immersion sui ts required by paragraphs 2 and 3 may be used to comply with the requirements of paragraph 1.
6. Suits shal l be stowed in lockers located above the freeboard deck and clear ly marked to indicate thei r content or in cabins.
7. The locat ions on board of immersion sui ts and l i fejackets shal l be recorded on a diagram to be submitted for pr ior approval by the commissioning survey commit tee.
Article 228-7.10
Lifebuoys
1. At least the fol lowing number of l i febuoys complying with the requirements of Sect ion 311 shal l be provided:
1.1 eight l i febuoys in vessels of 75 metres in length and over;
1.2 six l i febuoys in vessels of 45 metres in length and over but of less than 75
metres in length;
1.3 four l i febuoys in vessels of less than 45 metres in length.
2. At least hal f the number of l i febuoys referred to in paragraph 1 shal l be provided wi th sel f - igni t ing l ights complying wi th the requirements of Sect ion 311.
3. At least two of the l i febuoys provided with sel f - igni t ing l ights in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 2 shal l be provided with sel f -act ivat ing smoke signals complying with the requirements of Section 311, and shal l , where pract icable, be capable of quick re lease from the navigating br idge.
4. At least one l i febuoy on each side of the vessel shal l be f i t ted with a buoyant l i fe l ine complying with the requirements of Sect ion 311 equal in length to not less than twice the height at which i t is stowed above the water l ine in the l ightest seagoing condit ion, or 30 metres, whichever is greater . Such l i febuoys shal l not have sel f - igni t ing l ights.
5. Al l l i febuoys shal l be so placed as to be readi ly accessib le to the persons on board and shal l a lways be capable of being rapid ly cast loose and shal l not be permanent ly secured in any way.
Art ic le 228-7.11
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-54
Line-throwing appl iances
Every vessel shal l carry a l ine-throwing appl iance of an approved type, complying with the requirements of Section 311.
Art ic le 228-7.12
Distress signals
1. Every vessel shal l be provided, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, with means of making ef fect ive distress signals by day and by night, including at least 12 rocket parachute f lares and 2 f loat ing smoke signals complying with the requirements of Sect ion 311 and 2 buoyant smoke signals.
2. Distress signals shal l be of an approved type. They shal l be so placed as to be readi ly accessib le and their posi t ions shal l be plainly indicated.
Article 228-7.13
Radio l i fe-saving appliances
1.1 The requirements of Sect ion 219 notwithstanding, at least three two-way VHF radiote lephone apparatus shal l be provided on every vessel. Such apparatus shal l conform to per formance standards not infer ior to those requi red by Section 311. I f a f ixed two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus is f i t ted in a survival craf t , i t shal l conform to per formance standards not infer ior to those requi red by Section 311.
1.2 However, the number of these apparatus may be decreased to two in vessels of less than 45 metres in length, i f the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that the vessel does not require three apparatus, given i ts operat ing area and the number of persons employed on board.
Ar t ic le 228-7.14
Radar transponders
The requirement of Sect ion 219 notwithstanding, at least one radar transponder shal l be carr ied on each side of every vessel. Such radar t ransponders shal l conform to performance standards not infer ior to those required by Sect ion 311. The radar t ransponders shal l be stowed in such locat ions that they can be rapid ly placed in any survival craf t . Al ternatively, one radar t ransponder shal l be stowed in each survival craf t . Vessels of less than 45 metres in length shal l carry at least one radar t ransponder.
Ar t ic le 228-7.15
Retro-reflective materials on li fe-saving appliances
Al l survival craf t , rescue boats, l i fe jackets and l i febuoys shal l be f i t ted wi th retro-ref lect ive mater ia l complying with the requi rements of Sect ion 311.
Article 228-7.16
Operational readiness, maintenance and inspections
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-55
1. Operat ional readiness:
Before the vessel leaves port and at a l l t imes during the voyage, al l l i fe-saving appl iances shal l be in working order and ready for immediate use.
2. Maintenance:
2.1 Instruct ions for on-board maintenance of l i fe-saving appl iances approved by the Administrat ion shal l be provided and maintenance shal l be carr ied out accordingly.
2.2 The Administrat ion may accept, in l ieu of the instruct ions required by
subparagraph 1, a shipboard planned maintenance programme.
3. Maintenance of fal ls:
Fal ls used in launching shal l be turned end for end at intervals of not more than 30 months and be renewed when necessary due to deter iorat ion of the fa l ls or at intervals of not more than f ive years, whichever is the earl ier.
4. Spares and repair equipment:
Spares and repair equipment shal l be provided for l i fe-saving appl iances and thei r components which are subject to excessive wear and need to be replaced regular ly.
5. Weekly inspect ion:
The fol lowing tests and inspect ions shal l be carr ied out weekly:
5.1 al l survival craf t , rescue boats and launching appl iances shal l be visual ly inspected to ensure that they are ready for use;
5.2 al l engines in l i feboats and rescue boats shal l be run ahead and astern for a total per iod of not less than 3 minutes;
5.3 the general emergency alarm system shal l be tested.
6. Monthly inspections:
Inspect ion of the l i fe-saving appl iances, including l i feboat equipment, shal l be carr ied out monthly using a checkl ist to ensure that they are complete and in good order. A report of the inspect ion shal l be entered in the log-book.
7. Servic ing of inf latable l i feraf ts, inf latable l i fe jackets and inf lated rescue boats:
7.1 every inf latable l i feraft and inf latable l i fejacket shal l be serviced:
7.1.1 at intervals not exceeding 12 months. However, in cases where i t appears proper and reasonable, the Administrat ion may extend th is period to 17 months;
7.1.2 at an approved servic ing stat ion which is competent to service them, maintains proper servic ing faci l i t ies and uses only proper ly trained personnel.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-56
7.2 Al l repairs and maintenance of inf lated rescue boats shal l be carr ied out in
accordance with the manufacturer 's instruct ions. Emergency repairs may be
carr ied out on board the vessel; however, permanent repairs shal l be ef fected at
an approved servic ing stat ion.
8. Periodic servic ing of hydrostat ic release units:
Disposable hydrostat ic release units shal l be replaced when their date of expiry has passed. I f not d isposable, hydrostat ic re lease units shal l be serviced:
8.1 at intervals not exceeding 12 months. However, in cases where i t appears proper and reasonable, the Administrat ion may extend th is period to 17 months;
8.2 at a servic ing stat ion which is competent to service them, maintains proper servic ing faci l i t ies and uses only properly t ra ined personnel .
9. In cases of vessels where the nature of f ishing operat ions may cause di f f icul ty for compl iance wi th the requi rements of paragraphs 7 and 8, the Administrat ion may al low the extension of the service intervals to 24 months, provided that the Administrat ion is sat isf ied that such appl iances are so manufactured and arranged that they wi l l remain in sat isfactory condit ion unt i l the next per iod of servic ing.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-57
CHAPTER 228-8
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES, MUSTERS AND DRILLS
Art ic le 228-8.01
Appl icat ion
The ar t ic les in this chapter shal l apply to new and exist ing vessels of 24 metres in length and over.
Ar t ic le 228-8.02
General emergency alarm system, muster l is tand emergency instruct ions
1. The general emergency alarm system shal l be capable of sounding the general a larm signal consist ing of seven or more short b lasts fol lowed by one long blast on the vessel 's whist le or s iren and addi t ional ly on an electr ical ly operated bel l or k laxon or other equivalent warning system which shal l be powered from the vessel 's main supply and the emergency source of electr ical power required by ar t ic le 228-4.17.
2. Al l vessels shal l be provided with c lear instruct ions for each crew member which shal l be fo l lowed in case of emergency.
3. The muster l is t shal l be posted up in several parts of the vessel and, in part icular, in the wheelhouse, the engine room and in the crew accommodat ion and shal l include the informat ion speci f ied in the fo l lowing paragraphs.
4. The muster l is t shal l speci fy detai ls of the general alarm signal prescr ibed by paragraph 1 and also the act ion to be taken by the crew when th is a larm is sounded. The muster l is t shal l also speci fy how the order to abandon ship wi l l be given.
5. The muster l is t shal l show the duties assigned to the di f ferent members of the crew including:
5.1 closing of watert ight doors, f i re doors, valves, scuppers, overboard shoots, s idescut t les, skyl ights, portholes and other s imi lar openings in the vessel ;
5.2 equipping the survival craf t and other l i fe-saving appl iances;
5.3 preparat ion and launching of survival craf t ;
5.4 general preparation of other l ife-saving appliances;
5.5 use of radiocommunication equipment;
5.6 manning of f i re part ies assigned to deal with f i res.
6. In vessels of less than 45 metres in length the Administrat ion may permi t re laxat ion of the requirements of paragraph 5 i f sat isf ied that , due to the smal l number of crew members, no muster l is t is necessary.
7. The muster l is t shal l speci fy which of f icers are assigned to ensure that the l i fe-saving and f i re appl iances are maintained in good condit ion and are ready for immediate use.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-58
8. The muster l is t shal l speci fy subst i tutes for key persons who may become disabled, taking into account that di f ferent emergencies may cal l for d i f ferent act ions.
9. The muster l is t shal l be prepared before the vessel proceeds to sea. Af ter the muster l is t has been prepared, i f any change takes place in the crew which necessi tates an al terat ion in the muster l is t , the skipper shal l ei ther revise the l is t or prepare a new l ist .
Ar t ic le 228-8.03
Abandon ship t ra ining and dr i l ls
1. Pract ice musters and dr i l ls :
1.1 Each member of the crew shal l part ic ipate in at least one abandon ship dr i l l and one f i re dr i l l every month. However, on vessels less than 45 metres in length, the Administrat ion may modi fy th is requirement, provided that at least one abandon ship and one f i re dr i l l is held at least every three months. The dr i l ls of the crew shal l take place within 24 hours of the vessel leaving a port i f more than 25% of the crew have not part ic ipated in abandon ship and f i re dr i l ls on board that part icular vessel in the previous muster. The Administrat ion may accept other arrangements that are at least equivalent for those classes of vessel for which this is impract icable.
1.2 Each abandon ship dri l l shall include:
1.2.1 summoning of crew to muster stat ions wi th the general emergency alarm and ensuring that they are made aware of the order to abandon ship speci f ied in the muster l is t ;
1.2.2 report ing to stat ions and preparing for the dut ies descr ibed in the muster l is t ;
1.2.3 checking that crew are sui tably dressed;
1.2.4 checking that l i fejackets are correct ly donned;
1.2.5 lower ing of at least one l i feboat af ter any necessary preparat ion for launching;
1.2.6 start ing and operat ing the l i feboat engine;
1.2.7 operat ion of davi ts used for launching l i feraf ts.
1.3 Each f ire dri l l shall include:
1.3.1 report ing to stat ions and preparing for the dut ies descr ibed in the f i re muster l is t ;
1.3.2 start ing of a f i re pump, using at least the two required jets of water to show that the system is in proper working order ;
1.3.3 checking of f i reman's outf i t and other personal rescue equipment;
1.3.4 checking of relevant radiocommunicat ion equipment;
1.3.5 checking the operat ion of watert ight doors, f i re doors, f i re dampers and means of escape;
1.3.6 checking the necessary arrangements for subsequent abandoning of the vessel.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-59
1.4 Dif ferent l i feboats shal l , as far as pract icable, be lowered in compl iance with the requirements of subparagraph 2.5 at successive dr i l ls .
1.5 Dri l ls shal l , as far as pract icable, be conducted as i f there were an actual emergency.
1.6 Each l i feboat shal l be launched with i ts assigned operat ing crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water at least once every three months during an abandon ship dr i l l .
1.7 As far as is reasonable and practicable, rescue boats other than l ifeboats which are also rescue boats shall be launched each month with their
assigned crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water. In al l cases this requirement shall be complied with at least once every three months.
1.8 I f l i feboat and rescue boat launching dr i l ls are carr ied out wi th the vessel making headway, such dr i l ls shal l , because of the dangers involved, be pract ised in sheltered waters only and under the supervis ion of an of f icer experienced in such dr i l ls .
1.9 Emergency l ight ing for muster ing and abandonment shal l be tested at each abandon ship dr i l l .
1.10 The dr i l ls may be adjusted according to the relevant equipment required by these regulat ions. However, i f equipment is carr ied on a voluntary basis, i t shal l be used in the dr i l ls and the dr i l ls shal l be adjusted accordingly.
2. On-board t ra ining and instruct ions:
2.1 On-board training in the use of the vessel 's l ife-saving appliances, including survival craft equipment, shall be given as soon as possible but not
later than two weeks after a crew member joins the vessel. However, if the crew member is on a regularly scheduled rotating assignment to the vessel, such training shall be given not later than two weeks after the time of f irst
joining the vessel.
2.2 Instruct ions in the use of the vessel 's l i fe-saving appl iances and in survival at sea shal l be given at the same intervals as the dr i l ls . Indiv idual instruct ion may cover di f ferent parts of the vessel 's l i fe-saving system, but a l l the vessel 's l i fe-saving equipment and appl iances shal l be covered within any period of two months. Each member of the crew shal l be given instruct ions which shal l include but not necessar i ly be l imited to:
2.2.1 operat ion and use of the vessel 's inf latable l i feraf ts, including precaut ions concerning nai led shoes and other sharp objects;
2.2.2 problems of hypothermia, f i rst -a id t reatment for hypothermia and other appropriate f i rst -a id procedures;
2.2.3 specia l instruct ions necessary for use of the vessel 's l i fe-saving appl iances in severe weather and severe sea condi t ions.
2.3 On-board t ra ining in the use of davi t - launched l i ferafts shal l take place at intervals of not more than four months on every vessel f i t ted with such appl iances. Whenever pract icable th is shal l include the inf lat ion and lowering of a l i feraft . This l i feraft may be a specia l l i feraf t in tended for t ra in ing purposes only, which is not part of the vessel 's l i fe-saving equipment; such a special l i feraf t shal l be conspicuously marked.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-60
3. Records in log-book:
The date when musters are held, detai ls of abandon ship dr i l ls and f i re dr i l ls , dr i l ls
of other l i fe-saving appl iances and on-board train ing shal l be recorded in such log-
book as may be prescr ibed by the Administrat ion. I f a fu l l muster , dr i l l or t ra in ing
session is not held at the appointed t ime, an entry shal l be made in the log-book
stat ing the circumstances and the extent of the muster, dr i l l or train ing session
held.
4. Train ing manual :
4.1 A training manual shall be provided in each crew messroom and recreation room or in each crew cabin. The training manual, which may
comprise several volumes, shall contain instructions and information, in easily understood terms i l lustrated wherever possible, on the l i fe-saving
appliances provided in the vessel and on the best methods of survival . Any part of such information may be provided in the form of audio-visual aids in
l ieu of the manual. The manual shall explain the fol lowing in detai l :
4.1.1 donning of l i fejackets and immersion sui ts, as appropr iate;
4.1.2 muster at the assigned stat ions;
4.1.3 boarding, launching and clear ing the survival craf t and rescue boats;
4.1.4 method of launching f rom within the survival craf t ;
4.1.5 release f rom launching appl iances;
4.1.6 methods and use of devices for protect ion in launching areas, where appropriate;
4.1.7 i l luminat ion in launching areas;
4.1.8 use of al l survival equipment;
4.1.9 use of al l detect ion equipment;
4.1.10 with the assistance of i l lustrat ions, the use of radio l i fe-saving appl iances;
4.1.11 use of drogues;
4.1.12 use of engine and accessories;
4.1.13 recovery of survival craft and rescue boats including stowage and securing;
4.1.14 hazards of exposure and the need for warm clothing;
4.1.15 best use of the survival craf t faci l i t ies in order to survive;
4.1.16 methods of retr ieval , including the use of hel icopter rescue gear (s l ings, baskets, st retchers) , breeches-buoy and shore l i fe-saving apparatus and vessel 's l ine- throwing apparatus;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-61
4.1.17 al l other funct ions contained in the muster l is t and emergency instruct ions;
4.1.18 instruct ions for emergency repair of the l i fe-saving appl iances.
4.2 On vessels of less than 45 metres in length, the Administrat ion may permit relaxation of the requirements of subparagraph 4.1. However,
appropriate safety information shall be carried on board.
Art ic le 228-8.04
Train ing in emergency procedures
The Administrat ion shal l take such measures as i t may deem necessary to ensure
that crews are adequately t ra ined in their dut ies in the event of emergencies. Such
t raining shal l include, as appropriate:
1.1 types de emergencies which may occur, such as col l is ions, f i re and founder ing;
1.2 types of l i fe-saving appl iances normal ly carr ied on vessels;
1.3 need to adhere to the pr inciples of survival ;
1.4 value of training and dr i l ls ;
1.5 need for each crew member to be ready for any emergency and to be constant ly aware of ;
1.6 the informat ion in the muster l is t , in part icular:- each crew member's speci f ic dut ies in an emergency;- each crew member's own survival stat ion; and- the signals cal l ing the crew to thei r survival craf t or f i re stat ions.
1.7 locat ion of their own l i fejacket and spare l i fe jackets;
1.8 locat ion of f i re alarm contro ls;
1.9 means of escape;
1.10 consequences of panic;
1.11 act ions to be taken in respect to l i f t ing persons f rom vessels and survival craft by hel icopter ;
1.12 actions to be taken when cal led to survival craft stations, including:
1.12.1 putt ing on sui table c loth ing;
1.12.2 donning of l i fejacket;
1.12.3 col lect ing addit ional protect ion such as blankets, t ime permi tt ing;
1.13 actions to be taken when required to abandon ship, such as:
1.13.1 how to board survival craf t f rom vessel and water;
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-62
1.13.2 how to jump into the sea f rom a height and reduce the r isk of in jury when enter ing the water ;
1.14 actions to be taken when in the water, such as:
1.14.1 how to survive in c ircumstances of :
- f i re or o i l on the water;
- cold condit ions;
- shark- infested waters;
1.14.2 how to r ight a capsized survival craft ;
1.15 actions to be taken when aboard a survival craft, such as:
1.15.1 gett ing the survival craf t quickly c lear of the vessel;
1.15.2 protect ion against cold or extreme heat;
1.15.3 using a drogue;
1.15.4 keeping a look-out ;
1.15.5 recovering and car ing for survivors;
1.15.6 faci l i tat ing detect ion by others;
1.15.7 checking equipment avai lable for use in the survival craf t and using i t correct ly;
1.15.8 remaining, so far as possible, in the vic ini ty;
1.16 main dangers to survivors and the general principles of survival , including:
1.16.1 precaut ions to be taken in cold c l imates,
1.16.2 precaut ions to be taken in t ropical c l imates;
1.16.3 exposure to sun, wind, ra in and sea;
1.16.4 importance of wearing sui table c loth ing;
1.16.5 protect ive measures in survival craf t ;
1.16.6 ef fects of immersion in the water and of hypothermia;
1.16.7 importance of preserving body f lu ids;
1.16.8 protect ion against seasickness;
1.16.9 proper use of fresh water and food;
1.16.10 effects of dr inking seawater ;
1.16.11 means avai lable for faci l i tat ing detect ion by others;
1.16.12 importance of maintaining morale;
1.17 act ions to be taken in respect to f i re f ight ing:
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-63
1.17.1 the use of f i re hoses with d i f ferent nozzles;
1.17.2 the use of f i re ext inguishers;
1.17.3 knowledge of the location of f i re doors;
1.17.4 the use of breathing apparatus.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-64
CHAPTER 228-9
RADIOCOMMUNICATIONS
Art ic le 228-9.01
Application
This chapter appl ies to new and exist ing vessels of 24 metres in length and over.
Ar t ic le 228-9.02
Ship requirements
The provis ions of Sect ion 219 shal l apply to the vessels referred to in art ic le 228-9.01.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-65
CHAPTER 228-10
SHIPBORNE NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT AND ARRANGEMENTS
Art ic le 228-10.01
Application
Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shal l apply to new and exist ing vessels.
Ar t ic le 228-10.02
Exemptions
The Administrat ion may exempt any vessel f rom any of the requirements of this chapter where i t considers that the nature of the voyage or the vessel 's proximity to land does not warrant such requirements.
Ar t ic le 228-10.03
Shipborne navigational equipment
1.1 Vessels shal l be f i t ted with the fo l lowing navigat ional equipment:
.1 a standard magnetic compass placed in a sui table b innacle in the vessel 's centre l ine , except in the cases referred to in subparagraph 1.4;
.2 a steering magnet ic compass, unless heading informat ion provided by the standard compass required under subparagraph 1 is made avai lable and is c lear ly readable by the helmsman at the main steering posi t ion;
.3 adequate means of communication between the standard compass posit ion and the normal navigation control posit ion to the sat isfaction
of the Administration; and
.4 means for taking bearings as near ly as pract icable over an arc of the horizon of 360 degrees.
1.2 Each magnet ic compass referred to in subparagraph .1 shal l be a
proper ly adjusted class A compass and i ts table or curve of residual
deviat ions shal l be avai lable on board at al l t imes.
No magnet ic mater ial shal l be placed in a horizontal p lane less than one metre f rom the centre of the bowl of the standard magnet ic compass.
I f th is is impract icable, the compass shal l be placed ei ther outside or on the wheelhouse cei l ing in order to safeguard i ts accuracy.
1.3 A spare magnetic compass, interchangeable wi th the standard compass, shal l be carr ied, unless the steer ing compass ment ioned in subparagraph .1.2 or a gyro-compass is f i t ted.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-66
1.4 The Administrat ion, i f i t considers i t unreasonable or unnecessary to
require a standard magnetic compass, may exempt indiv idual vessels or
c lasses of vessels f rom these requi rements i f the nature of the voyage, the
vessel 's proximity to land or the type of vessel does not warrant a standard
compass, provided that a sui table steering compass is in al l cases carr ied.
2. [Not used]
3. Vessels of 45 metres in length and over and other vessels which are intended to be operated at lat i tudes at which the hor izontal component of the earth 's magnetic f ield is insuf f ic ient to guarantee adequate di rect ional stabi l i ty of the magnetic compass shal l be f i t ted wi th a gyro-compass complying with the fol lowing requirements:
3.1 the master gyro-compass or a gyro-repeater shal l be clear ly readable
by the helmsman at the main steering posi t ion;
3.2 on vessels of 75 metres in length and over a gyro-repeater or gyro-repeaters shal l be provided and shal l be sui tably p laced for taking bearings as nearly as pract icable over an arc of the horizon of 360 degrees;
3.3 a set of manufacturer 's spare parts and maintenance equipment for the gyro-compass shal l be kept on board.
4. [Not used]
5. Vessels with emergency steer ing posi t ions shal l at least be provided with a telephone or other means of communicat ion for relaying heading informat ion to such posi t ions. In addit ion, vessels of 45 metres in length and over shal l be provided wi th arrangements for supplying visual compass readings to the emergency steering posi t ion.
6. Vessels shal l be f i t ted with a radar capable of operat ing in the 9 GHz frequency band.
7. [Not used]
8. Faci l i t ies for p lot t ing radar readings shal l be provided on the navigat ing br idge of vessels required by paragraph 6 to be f i t ted with a radar insta l lat ion. In vessels of 75 metres in length and over the plot t ing faci l i t ies shal l be at least as ef fect ive as a ref lect ion plot ter .
9. Vessels shal l be f i t ted with an echo-sounding device with a scale of at least 0 to 300 metres.
10. [Not used]
11. Vessels shal l be f i t ted with a device to indicate speed and distance.
12. Vessels of 45 metres in length and over shal l be f i t ted with indicators showing the rudder angle, the rate of revolut ion of each propel ler and in addit ion, i f f i t ted with var iable p i tch propel lers or lateral thrust propel lers, the pi tch and operat ional mode of such propel lers. Al l these indicators shal l be readable from the conning posi t ion.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-67
13. Except as provided in Section 120 concerning the speed of vessels, whi le al l reasonable steps shal l be taken to maintain the apparatus referred to in paragraphs 1 to 12 in ef f ic ient working order, malfunct ions of the equipment shal l not be considered as making a vessel unseaworthy or as a reason for delaying the vessel in ports where repair faci l i t ies are not readi ly avai lable.
14. Vessels which operate over 20 mi les f rom the nearest land shal l be f i t ted with a radio d irect ion- f inding apparatus. The Administrat ion may exempt a vessel f rom this requirement i f i t considers i t unreasonable or unnecessary for such apparatus to be carr ied or i f the vessel i f provided with other radionavigat ion equipment sui table for use throughout i ts intended voyages.
15. [Not used]
16. Al l equipment f i t ted in compl iance with th is sect ion shal l be of a type approved by the Administrat ion. Equipment instal led on board vessels shal l conform to appropriate performance standards not infer ior to those of Sect ion 311. Equipment f i t ted pr ior to the adopt ion of related per formance standards may be exempted f rom fu l l compl iance with those standards at the discret ion of the Administrat ion, having due regard to the recommended cr i ter ia which the Administrat ion might adopt in connect ion with the standards concerned.
Art ic le 228-10.04
Nautical instruments and publications
Suitable naut ical instruments, charts, sai l ing di rect ions, l is ts of l ights, not ices to mariners, t ide tables, adequate and up to date, and al l other naut ical publ icat ions necessary for the intended voyage, to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion, shal l be carr ied on board al l vessels.
1. Vessels operat ing over 20 mi les from the nearest land shal l carry the fo l lowing nautical publ icat ions, naut ical instruments and miscel laneous equipment:
1.1. Nautical works and publ icat ions ( these works and publ icat ions shal l be avai lable to the off icer in quest ion) .
1 set of charts, sailing directions, lists of lights and sea lane charts for the intended voyage
These publications, to be included in the list of sea charts and nautical works and updated with information provided mainly by the maritime hydrographic and oceanographic department, shall be specified by the chairman of the commissioning survey committee.
1 set of tide tables1 international signalling code (French edition)*1 nautical almanac*1 list of the distinctive signals and international call signs of French stations1 work no. 1 of the maritime hydrographic and oceanographic department (Navigator's Guide volumes 1, 2 and 3).1 set of radio signals for navigator's use (volumes 1 and 2) 1 set of meteorological radio signals (volumes 1 and 2)1 list of call signs and identity codes (of stations used in maritime mobile and maritime mobile satellite services)
On board vessels required to carry a radiotelegraph facility.
1 nomenclature of radiolocation stations and special service stations1 nomenclature of coast stations (volumes 1 and 2)1 nomenclature of ship stations (volumes 1 and 2)1 manual of instructions for using maritime mobile and maritime mobile satellite services1 nomenclature of coast stations (volume 1 only) or1 list of coast stations with which the vessel may On board vessels required to carry a
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-68
communicate radiotelephone facility.1 manual of instructions for using the maritime mobile and maritime mobile satellite services
1 set of current regulations for the prevention of collisions at sea
An illustrated table of lights and signals which vessels must carry to prevent collisions at sea shall be displayed.
1 set of rescue signals An illustrated table of these signals shall be displayed.
* 1 set of current regulations on the safety of fishing vessels1 IMO "Mersar" manual
For vessels concerned or voyages concerned.1 French/English international maritime glossary*1 set of tables for calculating the celestial fix*1 set of azimuth tables
1.2. Nautical instruments:
*1 chronometer showing hours, minutes and seconds*2 protractors or equivalent instruments2 elliptic compasses2 wall clocks
or
1 timekeeping centre with time distribution network
1 on the bridge showing periods of silence and *1 in the machinery space
*1 barometerA second barometer is required on board vessels operating over 200 miles from a port, one of which shall be a recording type.
*2 thermometers One installed in the machinery space1 sextant and accessories In vessels operating over 200 miles from a port
1 pair of binoculars 7 x 50. An additional pair of binoculars is required on vessels operating over 200 miles from a port.
1 alidade1 log1 hand dip at least 50 metres long1 echo sounder with a scale of at least 0 to 300 metres
1.3. Miscellaneous equipment:
Flags N and C (International Code of Signals) 1 table of flags and pennants1 distinctive signal (pennants)1 national flag*2 halyards for flags and pennants
*1 limited sector daylight signalling lamp, not powered solely by the vessel's main source of electrical power
Vessels operating not more than 20 miles from the nearest land shall carry such a lamp or an electric lamp which can be used to emit Morse code.
*1 set of deadlights for wheelhouse openingsStrong fitted deadlights which allow the wheelhouse to be rendered sufficiently watertight if the windows break.
2. The chairman of the commissioning survey commit tee may exempt vessels operat ing not more than 20 mi les f rom the nearest land f rom the need to carry any nautical publ icat ions, naut ical instruments or miscel laneous equipment marked with an aster isk in paragraph 1 above which are not deemed essent ia l to the safety of the vessel.
3. The equipment of vessels engaged in category V voyages shal l be speci f ied by the chairman of the commissioning survey commit tee.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-69
4. In the event of subsequent navigat ional changes, the chairman of the annual survey committee shal l perform the dut ies of chairman of the commissioning survey committee in th is respect .
Art ic le 228-10.05
Signalling equipment
1. A dayl ight s ignal l ing lamp shal l be provided, capable of being powered by the main source of electr ical power and a source using bat ter ies or accumulator bat ter ies.
2. Vessels of 45 metres in length and over shal l be provided with a fu l l complement of f lags and pennants to enable communicat ions to be sent using the Internat ional Code of Signals.
3. Al l vessels which, in accordance with the present regulat ions, are required to carry radio insta l lat ions shal l carry the Internat ional Code of Signals. This publ icat ion shal l a lso be carr ied by any other vessel which, in the opin ion of the Administrat ion, has a need to use i t .
Ar t ic le 228-10.06
Navigating bridge visibil i ty
1. New vessels of 45 metres in length and over shal l meet the fo l lowing requirements:
1.1 The view of the sea surface f rom the conning posi t ion shal l not be obscured by more than two vessel lengths, or 500 metres, whichever is less, forward of the bow to 10 degrees on ei ther s ide, i r respect ive of the vessel 's draught and t r im.
1.2 No bl ind sector caused by f ishing gear or other obstruct ions outside of the wheelhouse forward of the beam which obstructs the view of the sea sur face as seen f rom the conning posi t ion shal l exceed 10 degrees. The tota l arc of bl ind sectors shal l not exceed 20 degrees. The clear sectors between bl ind sectors shal l be at least 5 degrees. However, in the view described in subparagraph 1 each indiv idual b l ind sector shal l not exceed 5 degrees.
1.3 The height of the lower edge of the navigat ing br idge f ront windows above the br idge deck shal l be kept as low as possib le. In no case shal l the lower edge present an obstruct ion to the forward view as described in th is regulat ion.
1.4 The upper edge of the navigat ing br idge front windows shal l al low a forward view of the horizon for a person with a height of eye of 1 800 mm above the br idge deck at the conning posi t ion when the vessel is pi tching in heavy seas. However, the Administrat ion, being sat isf ied that a 1,800 mm height of eye is unreasonable and impract ical , may reduce the height of eye but not to less than 1 600 mm.
1.5 The hor izontal f ie ld of v is ion f rom the conning posi t ion shal l extend over an arc of not less than 225 degrees, that is f rom r ight ahead to not less than 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on ei ther s ide of the vessel.
1.6 From each br idge wing the hor izontal f ie ld of v is ion shal l extend over an arc of at least 225 degrees, that is f rom at least 45 degrees on the
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-70
opposite bow through r ight ahead and then f rom r ight ahead to r ight astern through 180 degrees on the same side of the vessel.
1.7 From the main steering posi t ion the horizontal f ield of v is ion shal l extend over an arc from r ight ahead to at least 60 degrees on each side of the vessel.
1.8 The vessel 's s ide shal l be vis ib le f rom the br idge wing.
1.9 Windows shal l meet the fo l lowing requirements:
.1 framing between navigat ing br idge windows shal l be kept to a minimum and not be insta l led immediately forward of any workstat ion:
.2 to help avoid ref lect ions, the br idge f ront windows shal l be incl ined f rom the vert ical p lane top out , at an angle of not less than 10 degrees and not more than 25 degrees;
.3 polar ised and t inted windows shal l not be f i t ted; and
.4 a clear v iew through at least two of the navigat ing br idge f ront windows and, depending on the br idge configurat ion, an addit ional number of c lear v iew windows shal l be provided at al l t imes regardless of weather condit ions.
2. Exist ing vessels shal l , where pract icable, meet the requirements of paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2. However, st ructural al terat ions or addi t ional equipment need not be required.
3. On vessels of unconvent ional design which, in the opinion of the Administrat ion, cannot comply with th is regulat ion, arrangements shal l be provided to achieve a level of v is ib i l i ty that is as near as pract icable to that prescr ibed in this art ic le.
Article 228-10.07
Log-book
1. In a l l vessels, the sea and ship 's log-books for which provis ion is made in law no. 69-8 of 3 January 1969 shal l be numbered. These log-books, which shal l always be completed in ink, shal l be ini t ia l led every day by the skipper. The ship 's log-book shal l consist of the br idge log-book, engine log-book and radio log-book.
Vessels wi th propulsion power of over 150 kW shal l keep an oi l register in accordance with the requirements of Sect ion 213.
2. Al l facts re lat ing to the safety of the vessel under al l c i rcumstances shal l be entered in chronological order in the br idge log-book, together with the meteorological condit ions and any incidents relat ing to the safety of l i fe at sea.
2.1. Information on the steering and constant dead reckoning of the vessel shal l be recorded accurately.
2.2. The skipper shal l record his instruct ions for the br idge watch of f icers.
3. The engine log-book shal l be kept under the author i ty of the chief engineer. Al l facts re lat ing to the operat ion and maintenance of the propulsion machinery and auxi l iar ies shal l be recorded in i t in chronological order. Vessels which automat ical ly record the informat ion requi red in the engine log-book need not reproduce such informat ion in th is log-book.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-71
Where the ef fect ive power of the engines in cont inuous service is not more than 300 kW , the engine log may be dispensed with, in which case the skipper shal l enter any noteworthy facts re lat ing to the engines reported to h im by the chief engineer in the br idge log-book.
4. The informat ion and var ious records required by regulat ions on safety, working, discipl ine on board etc. shal l a lso be entered in these log-books.
Article 228-10.08
Spare parts
1. Spare parts for the main engines, auxi l iar ies, steering gear and manoeuvring gear shal l comply with the recommendat ions of an approved classi f icat ion company for the intended voyages.
2. Vessels operat ing over 20 mi les from the nearest land shal l carry the fo l lowing br idge equipment and spare parts:
2.1. Equipment:
Deals, p lanks and quick-drying cement In suf f ic ient quant i t ies for the vessel in question
*Makeshif t tackle for manoeuvring the rudder
1 set, unless there is an auxi l iary means of actuat ing the rudder
2.2. Spare parts – bridge:
Anchor chain l inks 1 per chainAnchor shackle 1 per anchorSpare par ts for making covers water t ightAssorted ropes and cables for current and mooring manoeuvres 1 set
*Mast r igging screws 2 per mast where appl icable
3. The chairman of the commissioning survey commit tee may exempt vessels operat ing not more than 20 mi les f rom the nearest land f rom the need to carry any of the equipment and spare parts marked wi th an aster isk in paragraph 2 above which are not deemed essent ial to the safety of the vessel.
4. The equipment of vessels engaged in category V voyages shal l be speci f ied by the chairman of the commissioning survey commit tee.
In the event of subsequent navigat ional changes, the chairman of the annual survey committee shal l perform the dut ies of chairman of the commissioning survey committee in th is respect
Article 228-10-09
Portable equipment
1. The condit ions of use of tools and any equipment which may present a hazard to the personnel and the vessel, having regard to i ts use, s i tuat ion or speci f ic st ructure, shal l be set out in instruct ions by the skipper.
2. Simi lar, any "no smoking" or "no naked l ight" requi rements in speci f ic places shal l be stated on specia l not ices.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-72
Article 228-10.10
Wheelhouse
1. Polar ised or t inted glass shal l not be used in wheelhouse windows and at least one window shal l be f i t ted with a windscreen wiper .
2. The fol lowing devices shal l be insta l led in the wheelhouse:
2.1. two two-way means of communication wi th the machinery spaces as required by ar t ic le 226-3.06, except where the conf igurat ion of the vessel is such that this l ink serves no purpose or the engines are contro l led direct ly from the wheelhouse, in which case a two-way cal l device (speaking tube, bel l ) shal l be f i t ted to provide a l ink in the event of damage or accident.
Instruct ions for apparatus for t ransmitt ing orders insta l led on board shal l be wri t ten in French.
2.2. A voice t ransmission device providing an ef f ic ient l ink with the fore and af ter manoeuvr ing stat ions of the vessel where direct verbal communication is not possible.
2.3. A voice t ransmission device providing a l ink wi th the emergency t i l ler stat ion; a s ingle device may be al lowed for l inks between the emergency t i l ler stat ion and the af ter manoeuvr ing stat ion, provided that i t is p laced so as to meet both requirements.
2.4. A voice t ransmission device provid ing a l ink wi th the radio stat ion and the radio di rect ion-f inding stat ion, unless the conf igurat ion of the vessel is such that th is l ink serves no purpose.
2.5. A voice t ransmission device provid ing a l ink wi th the standard magnet ic compass and, where appl icable, the gyro-compass, unless the conf igurat ion of the vessel is such that this l ink serves no purpose.
2.6. A voice t ransmission device provid ing a l ink wi th the skipper 's cabin, unless the configurat ion of the vessel is such that this l ink serves no purpose.
3. A steer ing gear control device shal l be insta l led in the wheelhouse. A rudder angle indicator shal l a lso be f i t ted.
Article 228-10-11
Automatic pilot
1. Where automatic p i lot is used, i t shal l be possib le to take over manual contro l immediately.
2. I f necessary, the watch of f icer shal l be able to cal l on the services of a qual i f ied helmsman whose sole duty shal l be to take over the helm.
Article 228-10.12
Boarding ladders
1. Vessels engaged in voyages dur ing which they shal l probably need to take on persons at sea shal l have boarding ladders which comply with the requirements of Annex 228-6.A.1.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-73
2. The ship's s ide where the ladder is r igged and the point on deck at which the pi lot boards the vessel shal l be clear ly i l luminated at n ight .
3. Measures shal l be taken so that the deck of the vessel can be safely boarded f rom the top of the ladder. The r igging of the ladder and embarkat ion and disembarkation shal l be supervised by a person speci f ical ly appointed by the skipper.
Article 228-10-13
Limitation on stress from warps
In vessels using dragged gear, the tension on any warps which get fast shal l be capable of being re leased immediately f rom the wheelhouse or working deck, with both possib i l i t ies provided for.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
COMMISSION REGULATION (EEC) No 1382/87 OF 20 MAY 1987 ESTABLISHING DETAILED RULES GOVERNING THE
INSPECTION OF FISHING VESSELS(Off ic ial Journal of the European Communit ies
No L. 132 of 21 May 1987)
Art ic le 3, paragraph 2: The provis ions of Annex I I shal l apply to vessels safe and convenient access to which requires a c l imb of 1.5 metres or more.
Annex I I
Construction and use of boarding ladders
1. A boarding ladder shal l be provided which shal l be eff ic ient for the purpose of enabl ing inspectors to embark and disembark safely at sea. The boarding ladder shal l be kept c lean and in good order.
2. The ladder shal l be posi t ioned and secured so that:
a. i t is c lear of any possible discharges f rom the vessel;
b. i t is as c lear as possib le of the f iner l ines and, as far as pract icable, in the midlength of the vessel, to enable the inspector to embark in complete safety;
c. each step rests f i rmly against the vessel 's s ide.
3. The rungs of the boarding ladder shal l :
a. be of hardwood or other mater ial of equivalent propert ies, made in one piece f ree of knots; the four lowest rungs shal l be made of rubber of suff ic ient st rength and st i f fness, or of any other sui table mater ial of equivalent character ist ics;
b. have an ef f ic ient non-sl ip surface;
c. be not less than 480 mi l l imetres long, 115 mi l l imetres wide and 23 mi l l imetres in thickness, excluding any non-sl ip device or grooving;
d. be [equal ly] spaced not less than 300 mi l l imetres or more than 380 mi l l imetres apart ;
e. be secured in such a manner that they wi l l remain hor izontal .
4. No boarding ladder shal l have more than two replacement rungs which are secured in posi t ion by a method di f ferent f rom that used in the or ig inal construct ion of the ladder and any rungs so secured shal l be replaced, as soon as reasonably pract icable, by rungs secured in posi t ion by the method used in the or ig inal construct ion of the ladder.
When any replacement rung is secured to the side ropes of the boarding ladder by means of grooves in the side of the rung, such grooves shal l be in the longer s ide of the rungs.
5. The side ropes of the ladder shal l consist of two uncovered mani la or equivalent ropes not less than 60 mi l l imetres in c i rcumference; each rope shal l be lef t uncovered by any other mater ia l and be cont inuous with no jo ints below the top step; two main ropes, proper ly secured to the vessel and not less than 65 mi l l imetres in c ircumference, and a safety l ine shal l be kept at hand ready for use i f required.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-75
6. Battens made of hardwood, or other mater ial of equivalent propert ies, in one piece, f ree of knots and between 1.8 and 2 metres long, shal l be provided at such intervals as wi l l prevent the boarding ladder f rom twist ing. The lowest bat ten shal l be on the f i f th rung f rom the bot tom of the ladder and the interval between any bat ten and the next shal l not exceed 9 steps.
7. Means shal l be provided to ensure safe and convenient passage for inspectors embarking on or d isembarking f rom the vessel between the head of the boarding ladder or of any accommodation ladder or other appl iance provided.
Where such passage is by means of a gateway in the ra i ls or bulwark, adequate handholds shal l be provided.
Where such passage is by means of a bulwark ladder, such ladder shal l be securely at tached to the bulwark ra i l or p lat form and two hold ing stanchions shal l be f i t ted at the point of boarding or leaving the vessel not less than 0.70 metre or more than 0.80 metre apart . Each stanchion shal l be r ig id ly secured to the vessel 's structure at or near i ts base and also at a h igher point , shal l be not less than 40 mi l l imetres in d iameter, and shal l extend not less than 1.20 above the top of the bulwark.
8. L ight ing shal l be provided at n ight so that both the boarding ladder overside and also the posi t ion where the inspector boards the vessel shal l be adequately l i t . A l i febuoy equipped wi th a sel f - igni t ing l ight shal l be kept at hand ready for use. A heaving l ine shal l be kept at hand ready for use i f requi red.
9. Means shal l be provided to enable the boarding ladder to be used on ei ther s ide of the vessel.
The inspector in charge may indicate which side he would l ike the boarding ladder to be posi t ioned.
10. The r igging of the ladder and the embarkat ion and disembarkat ion of an inspector shal l be supervised by a responsib le of f icer of the vessel .
11. Where on any vessel construct ional features such as rubbing bands would prevent the implementat ion of these provis ions, special arrangements shal l be made to ensure that inspectors are able to embark and disembark safely.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-76
ANNEX 228-A.1
Regional or local applicat ion
A. Provisions applicable in northern regions
1. Appl icat ion zone
Unless expl ic i t ly provided otherwise, the waters to the nor th of the border i l lustrated on the chart attached hereto, excluding the Balt ic Sea. This border is def ined by the paral lel running f rom 62° lat i tude north start ing at the western coast of Norway to 4° longitude west, then by the mer id ian running f rom 4° longitude west to 60°30' lat i tude north, then by the paral lel running f rom 60°30' lat i tude north to 5° longitude west, then by the meridian running from 5° longi tude west to 60° lat i tude nor th, then by the paral le l running f rom 60° lat i tude north to 15° longi tude west, then by the merid ian running f rom 15° longi tude west to 62° lat i tude north, then by the paral le l running f rom 62° lat i tude north to 27° longitude west, then by the meridian running from 27° longi tude west to 59° la t i tude north and then by the paral le l running f rom 59° lat i tude north westwards.
2. Defini t ions
"Heavy concentrat ion of ice f loes" shal l mean ice f loes covering eight- tenths or more of the surface of the sea.
3. Addendum to art ic le 228-3.07 paragraph 1 (operat ing condi t ions)
In addit ion to the speci f ic operat ing condit ions referred to in ar t ic le 228-3.07 paragraph 1, the fol lowing operat ing condit ions shal l also be considered:
1.5 for the operat ing condit ion referred to in points 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4, depending on which of the three gives the lowest values for the stabi l i ty parameters l is ted in ar t ic le 2, calculat ions shal l take account of ice accret ion in accordance wi th ar t ic le 228-3.08;
1.6 for seiners: departure f rom the f ishing grounds with f ishing gear, no catch and 30% stores and fuel etc. , taking account of ice accret ion in accordance wi th the provis ions of art ic le 228-3.08.
4. Addendum to art ic le 228-3.08 ( ice accret ion)
The speci f ic provis ions of art ic le 228-3.08 and the speci f ic guidel ines contained in recommendat ion 2 by the Torremol inos conference shal l apply in the regions concerned, i .e. including beyond the boundar ies indicated on the chart at tached to the recommendat ion.
Without prejudice to the provis ions of ar t ic le 228-3.08 paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2, account shal l be taken of ice accret ion in stabi l i ty calculat ions using the fo l lowing values for vessels operat ing in the area nor th of lat i tude 63° north between longitude 28 o west and 11 o west :
1.1 40 ki logrammes per square metre on exposed weather decks and gangways;
1.2 10 ki logrammes per square metre for projected lateral area of each side of the vessel above the water p lane.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-77
5. Addendum to art ic le 228-7.05 paragraphs 2.2 and 3.2 (Number and types of survival craf t and rescue boats)
Without prejudice to the provis ions of ar t ic le 228-7.05 paragraph 2.2, paragraph 3.2 and paragraph 4 for f ishing vessels with shel ls constructed in accordance with the regulat ions of an approved body, operat ing in waters with a heavy concentrat ion of ice f loes in accordance with art ic le 228-2.01 paragraph 2, the rescue boat referred to in paragraph 2.2, paragraph 3.2 and paragraph 4.2 shal l be at least part ia l ly enclosed ( in accordance with art ic le 228-7.18) and shal l have suf f ic ient capacity to accommodate al l persons on board.
6. Addendum to art ic le 228-7.09 (Immersion sui ts and thermal protect ive aids)
Notwithstanding the provis ions of art ic le 9, an approved immersion sui t , of a sui table s ize and conforming to the provis ions of Section 311 and the requirements of point 8 of this annex relat ing to that ar t ic le shal l be provided for each person on board.
7. Addendum to art ic le 228-7.14 (Radar t ransponders)
In addit ion to the provis ions of Part 2 of Chapter 228-7, survival craf t and rescue boats shal l be permanent ly equipped with an approved radar t ransponder operat ing in the 9 GHz frequency band.
8. Addendum to paragraph 6 of this annex (Immersion sui ts)
Al l the immersion sui ts referred to under point 6 of this annex shal l be made of intr insical ly insulat ing mater ial which compl ies with the buoyancy requirements for l i fe jackets def ined in Sect ion 311.
9. Addendum to art ic le 228-10.03 paragraph 7 (Radar equipment)
Notwithstanding the provis ions of art ic le 228-10.03 paragraph 7, al l vessels of 24 metres in length and over shal l be equipped with a radar insta l lat ion to the sat isfact ion of the Administrat ion. Such radar instal lat ions shal l be capable of operat ing in the 9 GHz frequency band.
10. Addendum to art ic le 228-10.05 (Signal l ing equipment)
In addit ion to the provis ions of art ic le 228-10.05, al l vessels operat ing in waters which may give r ise to heavy ice accret ion shal l be equipped with at least one f loodl ight with an i l luminat ion capacity of not less than 1 lux measured at a distance of 750 metres.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
228-78
B. Provisions applicable in southern regions
1. Zones of appl icat ion
The Medi terranean Sea and the coastal zones, up to 20 mi les of f the coast of Spain and Portugal, of the summer zone of the At lant ic Ocean, as defined on the chart of seasonal zones and regions at tached to annex 11 of the International Convent ion on Load Lines 1966 1 , as amended.
2. Addendum to art ic le 228-7.09 paragraph 1 ( Immersion sui ts)
Having regard to the provis ions of art ic le 228-7.09 paragraph 4, the fol lowing phrase shal l be added to the end of paragraph 1:"In vessels of less than 45 metres in length, the minimum number of immersion sui ts may be l imited to two.".
Southernregion
1 International Convention on Load Lines 1966 adopted on 5 April 1966 by the International Conference on Load Lines held in London at the invitation of the International Maritime Organisation.
Version Official Gazette of the French Republic 05.05.02
